Sie sind auf Seite 1von 302

CSC-306

Generator Protection IED


Technical Application Manual
Version:V1.00
Doc. Code:0SF.450.117(E)
Issued Date:2013.12.30
Copyright owner: Beijing Sifang Automation Co., Ltd

Note: the company keeps the right to perfect the instruction. If equipment does not agree
with the instruction at anywhere, please contact our company in time. We will provide you
with corresponding service.

®
is registered trademark of Beijing Sifang Automation Co., Ltd.

We reserve all rights to this document, even in the event that a patent is issued and a different
commercial proprietary right is registered. Improper use, in particular reproduction and dis-
semination to third parties, is not permitted.

This document has been carefully checked. If the user nevertheless detects any errors, he is
asked to notify us as soon as possible.

The data contained in this manual is intended solely for the product description and is not to be
deemed to be a statement of guaranteed properties. In the interests of our customers, we
constantly seek to ensure that our products are developed to the latest technological stand-
ards as a result; it is possible that there may be some differences between the hard-
ware/software product and this information product.

Manufacturer:
Beijing Sifang Automation Co., Ltd.

Tel: +86-10-62961515
Fax: +86-10-62981900
Internet: http://www.sf-auto.com
Add: No.9, Shangdi 4th Street, Haidian District, Beijing, P.R.C.100085
Preface
Purpose of this manual

This manual describes the functions, operation, installation, and placing into service
of device CSC-306. In particular, one will find:

 Information on how to configure the device scope and a description of the device
functions and setting options;

 Instructions for mounting and commissioning;

 Compilation of the technical specifications;

 A compilation of the most significant data for experienced users in the Appendix.

Target Audience

Protection engineers, commissioning engineers, personnel concerned with


adjustment, checking, and service of selective protective equipment, automatic and
control facilities, and personnel of electrical facilities and power plants.

Applicability of this Manual

This manual is valid for SIFANG Generator Protection IED CSC-306; firmware
version V1.00 and newer.

Indication of Conformity
Additional Support

In case of further questions concerning IED CSC-306 system, please contact


SIFANG representative.

Safety information

Strictly follow the company and international safety regulations.


Working in a high voltage environment requires serious approach to
aviod human injuries and damage to equipment.
Do not touch any circuitry during operation. Potentially lethal
voltages and currents are present.

Avoid to touching the circuitry when covers are removed. The IED
contains electirc circuits which can be damaged if exposed to static
electricity. Lethal high voltage circuits are also exposed when covers
are removed.

Using the isolated test pins when measuring signals in open circuitry.
Potentially lethal voltages and currents are present.

Never connect or disconnect wire and/or connector to or from IED


during normal operation. Dangerous voltages and currents are
present. Operation may be interrupted and IED and measuring
circuitry may be damaged.

Always connect the IED to protective earth regardless of the


operating conditions. Operating the IED without proper earthing may
damage both IED and measuring circuitry and may cause injuries in
case of an accident.

Do not disconnect the secondary connection of current transformer


without short-circuiting the transformer’s secondary winding.
Operating a current transformer with the secondary winding open will
cause a high voltage that may damage the transformer and may
cause injuries to humans.

Do not remove the screw from a powered IED or from an IED


connected to power circuitry. Potentially lethal voltages and currents
are present.

Using the certified conductive bags to transport PCBs (modules).


Handling modules with a conductive wrist strap connected to
protective earth and on an antistatic surface. Electrostatic discharge
may cause damage to the module due to electronic circuits are
sensitive to this phenomenon.
Do not connect live wires to the IED, internal circuitry may be
damaged.

When replacing modules using a conductive wrist strap connected to


protective earth. Electrostatic discharge may damage the modules
and IED circuitry.

When installing and commissioning, take care to avoid electrical


shock if accessing wiring and connection IEDs.

Changing the setting value group will inevitably change the IEDs
operation. Be careful and check regulations before making the
change
Contents
Chapter 1 Introduction .....................................................................................................1
1 Overview ..............................................................................................................2
2 Features ...............................................................................................................3
3 Protection functions ..............................................................................................7
3.1 Main protections for short-circuit faults ....................................................7
3.2 Back-up protections for short-circuit faults...............................................8
3.3 Protections for earth fault ........................................................................8
3.4 Protections for abnormal running status ..................................................9
3.5 Binary input (BI) protection......................................................................9
4 Monitoring functions ...........................................................................................10
5 Station communication .......................................................................................10
6 IED software tools ..............................................................................................10
Chapter 2 Generator differential protection .................................................................... 11
1. Protection principle................................................................................................12
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................15
2.1 Setting calculations in Scheme 1: .................................................................15
2.2 Setting calculations in Scheme 2: .................................................................16
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................17
4. Settings .................................................................................................................18
5. Report ...................................................................................................................19
6. Technical data .......................................................................................................20
Chapter 3 Generator split-phase transverse differential protection ................................21
1. Protection principle................................................................................................22
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................23
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................24
4. Settings .................................................................................................................25
5. Report ...................................................................................................................26
6. Technical data .......................................................................................................26
Chapter 4 Generator single-unit transverse differential protection .................................27
1. Protection principle................................................................................................28
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................29
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................30
4. Settings .................................................................................................................31
5. Report ...................................................................................................................32
6. Technical data .......................................................................................................32
Chapter 5 Generator longitudinal U0 interturn protection ...............................................33
1. Protection principle................................................................................................34
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................36
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................37
4. Settings .................................................................................................................38

1
5. Report................................................................................................................... 39
6. Technical data ....................................................................................................... 39
Chapter 6 Generator negative -sequence directional interturn protection ...................... 40
1. Protection principle ............................................................................................... 41
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................ 42
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................ 42
4. Settings ................................................................................................................ 43
5. Report................................................................................................................... 44
6. Technical data ....................................................................................................... 44
Chapter 7 Generator over current protection ................................................................. 45
1. Protection principle ............................................................................................... 46
1.1 Generator overcurrent protection with voltage element ................................ 46
1.2 Generator compound overcurrent protection ................................................ 47
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................ 47
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................ 48
4. Settings ................................................................................................................ 49
5. Report................................................................................................................... 50
6. Technical data ....................................................................................................... 51
Chapter 8 Generator interphase distance protection ..................................................... 52
1. Protection principle ............................................................................................... 53
2. Input and output signals ........................................................................................ 54
3. Settings ................................................................................................................ 55
4. Report................................................................................................................... 56
5. Technical data ....................................................................................................... 56
Chapter 9 First-harmonic zero- sequence voltage stator earth fault protection .............. 57
1. Protection principle ............................................................................................... 58
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................ 60
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................ 61
4. Settings ................................................................................................................ 61
5. Report................................................................................................................... 62
6. Technical data ....................................................................................................... 62
Chapter 10 Third-harmonic zero- sequence voltage stator earth fault protection ........... 63
1. Protection principle ............................................................................................... 64
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................ 65
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................ 66
4. Settings ................................................................................................................ 67
5. Report................................................................................................................... 67
6. Technical data ....................................................................................................... 68
Chapter 11 Zero-sequence current stator earth fault protection (SEFP) ........................ 69
1. Protection principle ............................................................................................... 70
2. Input and output signals ........................................................................................ 71
3. Settings ................................................................................................................ 71
4. Report................................................................................................................... 72
Chapter 12 Generator rotor single earth fault protection ............................................... 73
1. Protection principle................................................................................................74
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................75
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................76
4. Settings .................................................................................................................76
5. Report ...................................................................................................................77
6. Technical data .......................................................................................................78
Chapter 13 Generator rotor double-earth fault protection ..............................................79
1. Protection principle................................................................................................80
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................80
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................81
4. Settings .................................................................................................................82
5. Report ...................................................................................................................82
6. Technical data .......................................................................................................82
Chapter 14 Stator symmetrical overload protection .......................................................83
1. Protection principle................................................................................................84
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................85
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................86
4. Settings .................................................................................................................87
5. Report ...................................................................................................................87
6. Technical data .......................................................................................................88
Chapter 15 Unsymmetrical overload protection .............................................................89
1. Protection principle................................................................................................90
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................91
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................93
4. Settings .................................................................................................................93
5. Report ...................................................................................................................94
6. Technical data .......................................................................................................94
Chapter 16 Excitation winding (viz. rotor) overload protection .......................................96
1. Protection principle................................................................................................97
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ........................................................................98
3. Input and output signals ........................................................................................99
4. Settings ...............................................................................................................100
5. Report .................................................................................................................101
6. Technical data .....................................................................................................101
Chapter 17 Generator over-voltage protection.............................................................103
1. Protection principle..............................................................................................104
2. Input and output signals ......................................................................................105
3. Settings ...............................................................................................................105
4. Report .................................................................................................................106
5. Technical data .....................................................................................................106
Chapter 18 Under-voltage protection ...........................................................................107
1. Protection principle..............................................................................................108
2. Input and output signals ......................................................................................108
3. Settings ...............................................................................................................109
4. Report................................................................................................................. 110
5. Technical data ..................................................................................................... 110
Chapter 19 Generator over-excitation protection..........................................................111
1. Protection principle ............................................................................................. 112
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ...................................................................... 113
3. Input and output signals ...................................................................................... 115
4. Settings .............................................................................................................. 116
5. Report................................................................................................................. 117
6. Technical data ..................................................................................................... 117
Chapter 20 Generator reverse-power protection ......................................................... 119
1. Protection principle ............................................................................................. 120
1.1 Reverse power protection with ordinary trip mode ...................................... 120
1.2 Reverse power protection with sequential trip mode .................................. 120
1.3 Logic diagram ............................................................................................ 120
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ...................................................................... 121
3. Input and output signals ...................................................................................... 122
4. Settings .............................................................................................................. 123
5. Report................................................................................................................. 124
6. Technical data ..................................................................................................... 124
Chapter 21 Loss of excitation protection ..................................................................... 125
1. Protection principle ............................................................................................. 126
1.1 Stator judgment criterion ............................................................................ 126
1.2 Rotor judgment criterion ............................................................................. 127
1.3 Reverse reactive judgment criterion ........................................................... 128
1.4 Low voltage judgment criterion ................................................................... 128
1.5 Others ........................................................................................................ 128
1.6 Logic diagram ............................................................................................ 128
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ...................................................................... 129
3. Input and output signals ...................................................................................... 132
4. Settings .............................................................................................................. 133
5. Report................................................................................................................. 134
6. Technical data ..................................................................................................... 135
Chapter 22 Loss of synchronism protection ................................................................ 136
1. Protection principle ............................................................................................. 137
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ...................................................................... 139
3. Input and output signals ...................................................................................... 140
4. Settings .............................................................................................................. 141
5. Report................................................................................................................. 141
6. Technical data ..................................................................................................... 141
Chapter 23 Generator abnormal frequency protection ................................................ 143
1. Protection principle ............................................................................................. 144
2. Setting-value note and suggestion ...................................................................... 145
3. Input and output signals ...................................................................................... 146
4. Settings .............................................................................................................. 146
5. Report .................................................................................................................149
6. Technical data .....................................................................................................150
Chapter 24 Generator startup and shutdown protection ..............................................151
1. Protection principle..............................................................................................152
2. Input and output signals ......................................................................................153
3. Settings ...............................................................................................................154
4. Report .................................................................................................................155
5. Technical data .....................................................................................................155
Chapter 25 Inadvertent breaker closing protection ......................................................156
1. Protection principle..............................................................................................157
2. Input and output signals ......................................................................................158
3. Settings ...............................................................................................................159
4. Report .................................................................................................................160
5. Technical data .....................................................................................................160
Chapter 26 Generator Shaft Current protection ...........................................................161
1. Protection principle..............................................................................................162
2. Input and output signals ......................................................................................162
3. Settings ...............................................................................................................163
4. Report .................................................................................................................163
Chapter 27 Magnetizing exciter differential protection .................................................164
1. Protection principle..............................................................................................165
2. Input and output signals ......................................................................................167
3. Settings ...............................................................................................................168
4. Report .................................................................................................................168
5. Technical data .....................................................................................................169
Chapter 28 Exciting transformer differential protection ................................................170
1. Protection principle..............................................................................................171
1.1 Percentage differential protection principle .................................................171
1.2 Excitation inrush current discrimination .......................................................172
1.3 Current phase-angle difference and balance ..............................................173
1.4 Abnormality detection and judgment ...........................................................174
1.5 Logic diagram .............................................................................................174
1.6 Note............................................................................................................175
2. Input and output signals ......................................................................................176
3. Settings ...............................................................................................................177
4. Report .................................................................................................................178
5. Technical data .....................................................................................................178
Chapter 29 Excitation over-current protection..............................................................180
1. Protection principle..............................................................................................181
2. Input and output signals ......................................................................................182
3. Settings ...............................................................................................................182
4. Report .................................................................................................................183
Chapter 30 CT and VT Secondary system supervision................................................184
1. Introduction .........................................................................................................185
2. CT & VT failure supervision function ................................................................... 185
2.1 CT failure judgement .................................................................................. 185
2.2 VT failure judgement .................................................................................. 185
3. Input and output signals ...................................................................................... 187
4. Alarm report ........................................................................................................ 189
Chapter 31 Station communication ............................................................................. 190
1 Overview.......................................................................................................... 191
1.1 Protocol .............................................................................................. 191
1.2 Communication port ........................................................................... 192
1.3 Technical data .................................................................................... 193
2 Typical communication scheme ....................................................................... 195
2.1 Typical substation communication scheme ......................................... 195
2.2 Typical time synchronizing scheme .................................................... 195
Chapter 32 Hardware.................................................................................................. 196
1 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 197
1.1 IED structure ...................................................................................... 197
1.2 IED appearance ................................................................................. 197
1.3 IED module arrangement.................................................................... 198
1.4 The rear view of the protection IED .................................................... 198
2 Local human-machine interface ....................................................................... 199
2.1 Human machine interface ................................................................... 199
2.2 LCD .................................................................................................... 200
2.3 Keypad ............................................................................................... 200
2.4 Shortcut keys and functional keys ...................................................... 201
2.5 LED .................................................................................................... 201
2.6 Front communication port ................................................................... 201
3 Analog input module ........................................................................................ 202
3.1 Introduction......................................................................................... 202
3.2 Terminals of Analogue Input Module (AIM) ......................................... 202
3.3 Technical data .................................................................................... 206
4 Communication module ................................................................................... 208
4.1 Introduction......................................................................................... 208
4.2 Substaion communication port............................................................ 208
4.3 Terminals of Communication Module .................................................. 209
4.4 Operating reports................................................................................ 210
4.5 Technical data .................................................................................... 210
5 Binary input module ......................................................................................... 213
5.1 Introduction......................................................................................... 213
5.2 Terminals of Binary Input Module (BIM) .............................................. 213
5.3 Technical data .................................................................................... 217
6 Binary output module ....................................................................................... 218
6.1 Introduction......................................................................................... 218
6.2 Terminals of Binary Output Module (BOM) ......................................... 218
6.3 Technical data .................................................................................... 223
7 Power supply module .......................................................................................224
7.1 Introduction .........................................................................................224
7.2 Terminals of Power Supply Module (PSM) ..........................................224
7.3 Technical data .....................................................................................226
8 Technical data ..................................................................................................227
8.1 Basic data ...........................................................................................227
8.2 Type tests ...........................................................................................229
8.3 IED design ..........................................................................................234
Chapter 33 Appendix...................................................................................................235
1 Setting-values list .............................................................................................236
1.1 Equipment parameter..........................................................................236
1.2 General common setting values (Gen Common Set) ..........................244
1.3 Excitation common setting values (Excite Com Set)............................246
1.4 Generator calculated parameter (Gen CalculPara) .............................248
1.5 Exciting system protection (ExcitSyst Prot) .........................................249
1.6 Generator Protection ...........................................................................251
2 General report list .............................................................................................272
2.1 Event report ........................................................................................272
2.2 Alarm report ........................................................................................279
2.3 Manipulating reports (log) ...................................................................288
Chapter 1 Introduction

About this chapter


This chapter gives an overview of SIFANG generator protec-
tion IED CSC-306.

1
Chapter 1 Introduction

1 Overview
It is selective, reliable and high speed IED (Intelligent Electronic
Device) for generator protection with powerful capabilities to cover
following applications:

 Used for generator set with all kinds of installed capacity,


and with various unit type

 For generator itself, as well as for corresponding excitation


system which can be exciter or exciting transformer

 Work as protection relay for generator in different applica-


tion, such as generator running in the substation automation
system (SAS), or running independently in power plant without
SAS

 Advanced 32-bit microprocessor combined together with


DSP and MCU

 Communicate with substation remote background monitor


system directly in SAS

The IED is able to provide all main protection functions and backup
protection functions in one case, including generator differential
protection, inter-turn protection, stator earth fault protection, rotor
earth fault protection, overcurrent / distance backup protection,
various abnormal status protections, and so on.

The wide application flexibility makes the IED an excellent choice


for both new installations and retrofitting of the existing stations.

2
Chapter 1 Introduction

2 Features
 Protection and monitoring IED with extensive functional library
and user configuration possibility, to meet with user’s special
requirements

 Inter-lock between two CPU modules, avoiding mal-operation


due to internal severe fault of one module

 Hardware system with high performance, high liability, vast


memory resources and so on

Advanced microprocessor integrating DSP and MCU guarantee the IED


to carry out real time calculation for all protection functions.

Takes advantage of buses totally inside the chip, for high liability.

With large memory capacity fault waveform record, store record-wave


data more than 24 times

 Complete information recording: tripping reports, alarm reports,


startup reports and general operation reports (namely logs). Any
kinds of reports can be stored up to 2000 and be memorized in
case of power disconnection.

 Intelligent self-supervision to all modules in the IED

Fully real-time supervise all modules inside the protection equipment.

Auto-monitor and diagnose all analogue sampling circuits

Detect relay excitation loop coil and output contacts

Monitor status of all binary input (BI) circuits

Real-time monitor all levels of output voltages of power supply module

Real-time monitor internal temperature d

 Versatile and friendly human-machine interface

Large liquid crystal display (LCD) which can real time display many kinds
of information such as currents, voltages, active and reactive powers,
frequency, status of connectors, current setting group and so on.

Main menu and all sub-menu are easy to access. The operation and test
passports can be set to ensure the safety.

3
Chapter 1 Introduction

The shortcut keys in front panel facilitate special and commonly-used


function quickly.

The interface and its accessories have been patented

 New-type front insert-pull structure

Fire-new insert-pull structure in front

High voltage / heavy current separate from low voltage / weak current

 Assembled AC current / voltage coupler

 Complete differential protection

Include longitudinal differential protection, split-phase transverse differ-


ential protection, partial longitudinal differential protection for generator.
Longitudinal differential protections for exciting transformer and mag-
netizing exciter are also provided.

 Intelligent generator differential protection, integrating with


sampling values and steady-state values method

Use changeable data window, cycle block and sampling values differen-
tial auxiliary judgment, CSC-306 can quicken tripping time and ensure
reliability of differential protection as well. The intelligent differential pro-
tection can withstand current transformer (CT) saturation and unbal-
anced currents during removal of fault.

 Generator interturn fault protection with multi-principles and high


performance

The CSC-306 equipment supplies interturn protection of three kinds of


principle. They are sensitive transverse differential protection of single
element, fault-tolerant multi-judging longitudinal zero-sequence voltage
protection blocked by negative-sequence direction element, nega-
tive-sequence direction interturn protection using fault component to
start and steady-state component to maintain.

They can be selected to apply according to actual primary devices of


various projects.

Zero-point filter adding Fourier filter arithmetic makes third-harmonic fil-


tering ratio more than 100 in transverse differential protection and ze-
ro-sequence voltage interturn protection. So 3rd-harmonic filtering ratio
is still considerable high even if the system frequency is deflective from
normal value.

4
Chapter 1 Introduction

Zero-sequence voltage protection adopts longitudinal zero-sequence


voltage as main criterion, negative-sequence current, voltage, directional
element as auxiliary blocking criterion. The interturn protection with
voltage principle is fault-tolerant multi-judging. If there is failure in current
transformer (CT) or voltage transformer (VT) used in negative-sequence
directional element, the element will be of no effect. Then the element
will be cancelled automatically to avoid mis-blocking protection. Mean-
while another higher setting-value range in protection will react to inter-
turn fault in the cause of reliability.

CSC-306 is equipped with circuit-monitoring functions to transverse dif-


ferential zero-sequence current circuit and longitudinal zero-sequence
voltage circuit.

Negative-sequence direction interturn protection adopts fault component


to start and steady-state component to maintain. So protection has both
high sensitivity and reliability.

 Multi-principle stator earth protection, including external low-


frequency signal principle, zero-sequence voltage principle and
so on

Stator earth protection with external low-frequency AC signal can protect


100% range of stator winding from single-phase earth fault. Further more,
it can also react to single-phase earth fault in low-voltage side of main
transformer and high-voltage side of high voltage auxiliary transformer
(i.e. house-service transformer). The protection is independent of run-
ning mode of generator. It can work even if generator hasn’t been ex-
cited. Status of low-frequency circuit can be monitored.

Dynamic adaptive 3rd-harmonic voltage differential protection and 3rd-


harmonic voltage ratio protection are used simultaneously in CSC-306.
The latter can adapt automatically 3rd-harmonic voltage relation be-
tween generator terminal and neutral point side in the period of syn-
chronization. Therefore it is reliable even in the case of voltage-rising
from zero and low load, without mis-signaling. Dynamic adaptive
3rd-harmonic voltage differential protection can adjust judging-coefficient
real-time. 3rd-harmonic voltage difference is almost zero when generator
is in normal running status. So, protection is very sensitive when sin-
gle-phase earth fault occurs interiorly.

Stator earth protection is still reliable when there is fault in ze-


ro-sequence voltage circuit of generator-terminal and neutral point. Sta-
tus of zero-sequence voltage circuit can be monitored.

 Rotor single-earth fault protection, including external


low-frequency signal principle and improved switching principle

5
Chapter 1 Introduction

Rotor single-earth protection measures earth-resistance very accurately


due to special methods. Two kinds of rotor single-earth protection can be
used, namely, external low-frequency signal principle and switching
electric bridge principle.

By adding external low-frequency square-wave signal of 0.5~4Hz, pro-


tection equipment CSC-306 can calculate insulation resistance to earth
by measuring injected current and voltage. The protection is independ-
ent of excited voltage value and earthing position. It is of high sensitive.

Improved switching electric bridge protection for rotor earth adopts dou-
ble-A/D hardware redundancy design. Switches are the newest elec-
tronic MOSFET, and status can be monitored all the time. Protection is
reliable and accurate in measuring earth resistance. It can adapt excited
voltage and is independent of earthing position. Protection can operate
excellently even though shaft electric brush does not contact very well.

 Loss-of-synchronism protection with multi-blinder and active


power change

The IED adopts multi-blinder scheme to react generator measuring im-


pedance, and active power scheme. Distinguish between short-circuit
and loss-of-synchronism, reliable even during resumable swing in elec-
tric system. Send tripping order only after phase-angle difference be-
tween generator and system electric potential is low enough.

 Integrated judgment of CT secondary circuit intermittent failure

Uses fault component and steady-state component of phase-currents,


change component of differential current to judge CT secondary circuit
failure, including intermittent failure.

 Independent startup unit

Starting adds acting of protection with “AND” logic to avoid mis-operating


in case of some hardware breakdowns.

 Independent frequency-measuring hardware channel

An independent frequency-measuring hardware channel, gets accurate


frequency value besides software calculation.

 Automatic field testing

 Clear to analyze acting procedure

6
Chapter 1 Introduction

The protection CPU can record fault waveform data, to print, or transmit
data to serial port / Ethernet interface in form of compatible COMTRADE.

Middle results during fault process can be recorded to analyze static


characteristic of protection action and its dynamic development during
the whole fault process. It is clear to replay protection acting course, and
helpful to avoid mis-operation of unknown reason.

 Diversified communication interfaces.

Time synchronization via network (SNTP), pulse and IRIG-B mode

Up to three electric / two optical Ethernet ports can be selected to


communicate with substation automation system by IEC61850 or
IEC60870-5-103 protocols

Up to two electric RS-485 ports can be selected to communicate with


substation automation system by IEC60870-5-103 protocol

 Standardized and modularized software design

 Complete backup protections

Backup protection of the equipment is complete, including various cur-


rent protections, impedance protection and many other protections for
abnormal running status. They all can be configured flexibly according to
different requirements.

 Flexible tripping output mode

Tripping mode can be configured to meet the demands of generator


protections without in field.

 Multifunctional software tool CSPC for setting, monitoring, fault


recording analysis, configuration, etc.

3 Protection functions
The complete protection function library mainly includes:

3.1 Main protections for short-circuit faults


(1) Longitudinal differential protection for generator (87G)

7
Chapter 1 Introduction

(2) Split-phase transverse differential protection for generator

(3) Incomplete longitudinal differential protection for generator

(4) Differential protection for exciting transformer, with static excitation system

(5) Differential protection for magnetizing exciter

(6) Protection for interturn fault

Following protections can be selected to use according to different re-


quirement.

(a) Transverse differential protection of single element

(b) Zero-sequence voltage protection blocked by negative-sequence


directional element

(c) Negative-sequence directional protection with fault component


starting element

3.2 Back-up protections for short-circuit faults


(1) Overcurrent protection for generator, exciting transformer, magnetizing
exciter etc. Following overcurrent protections can be configured according
to various requirements.

(a) Overcurrent protection

(b) Overcurrent protection with low-voltage block element

(c) Overcurrent protection with low-voltage and negative-sequence


voltage block element

(d) Overcurrent protection which current can be memorized

(e) Overcurrent protection with phase current and negative- se-


quence current

(2) Interphase distance protection

3.3 Protections for earth fault


(1) Stator earth fault protection

(2) Rotor single-earth fault protection

8
Chapter 1 Introduction

(3) Rotor double-earth fault protection

3.4 Protections for abnormal running status


(1) Symmetrical overload

(2) Unsymmetrical overload protection

(3) Rotor overload protection

(4) Over-voltage protection

(5) Over-excitation protection (24)

(6) Loss of excitation protection (40)

(7) Loss of synchronism protection

(8) Reverse power protection

(9) Reverse power protection with sequential trip mode

(10) Over-voltage protection for exciting system

(11) Frequency protection, including over & under frequency (81)

(12) Inadvertent breaker closing protection

(13) Generator startup and shutdown protection

(14) Generator shaft current protection

(15) Detect status of current transformer (CT) and voltage transformer (VT)

3.5 Binary input (BI) protection


Binary input (BI) protection, i.e. non-electricity protection, includes generator
thermal system failure, cut-off water breaker, exciting system failure, and
body failure of exciting transformer etc.

BI protection is realized in special equipment CSC-336 of Sifang protection


series production. Please refer to CSC-336 manual.

9
Chapter 1 Introduction

4 Monitoring functions

Monitoring

Auxiliary contacts of circuit breaker supervision

Self-supervision

Fault recorder

5 Station communication

Front communication port

Isolated RS232 port

Rear communication port

0-2 isolated electrical RS485 communication ports

0-3 Ethernet electrical/optical communication ports

Time synchronization port

Communication protocols

IEC 61850 protocol

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

Digital communication network through converter

6 IED software tools

Functions

Reading measuring value

Reading IED report

Setting

IED testing

Disturbance recording analysis

Printing

10
Chapter 2 Generator differential protection

Chapter 2 Generator differential


protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator longitudinal differential
protection, including its principle, input and output signals,
setting values, reports, technical data and so on.

11
Chapter 2 Generator differential protection

1. Protection principle
The generator longitudinal differential protection acts as the main method to
react the interphase short-circuit fault inside generator. The protection is
characterized as two-sectional percentage restraint (see Figure 1). There are
two schemes of longitudinal differential protection for option, i.e. longitudinal
differential protection of percentage restraint coefficient and longitudinal dif-
ferential protection of percentage restraint slope.
Scheme 1: Longitudinal differential protection of percentage restraint coeffi-
cient. The equation is:

I dz  I diff 
 (1)
I dz  K res I zd 
In which, I dz and I zd represent differential current and restraint current
respectively with the calculating formulas: I dz  IT  IN and

IT  IN
I zd  . Here I diff represents the starting value of differential cur-
2
rent, and K res is the restraint coefficient.

In which, IT and IN represent respectively the generator terminal phasor
and neutral current phasor, with the direction to the electric power system as
positive.
Scheme 2: Longitudinal differential protection of percentage restraint slope.
The equation is:

I dz  I diff when( I zd  I B ) 

 (2)
I dz  K ID  I zd  I B   I diff when( I zd  I B ) 

In which, K ID represents percentage restraint slope, I B is the knee-point
current value, the other measurements are the same as in Scheme 1.
Alarm signal will be sent out when current transformer (CT) fails, such as CT
failure. Whether blocking differential protection or not at the time of CT failure
can be set by users via setting the control-word setting value.
Generator terminal negative-sequence voltage element is provided to pre-
vent against the double-ground fault which one grounding-point is inside the
protecting zone but the other grounding-point outside the zone. When only
one phase of differential current meets operating conditions, the times of

12
Chapter 2 Generator differential protection

calculation and CT failure judgment will be increased. Meanwhile, trip in-


struction will not be given until negative-sequence voltage of generator ter-
minal increases too.
In order to enhance the reliability of differential protection, sampling value
differential judgment is added as auxiliary criterion on the basis of
steady-state value differential judgment. The CSC-306 equipment is capable
of perfect anti-CT saturation function and reducing the impact of unbalanced
current upon differential protection in the process of fault recovery.
When complete longitudinal differential protection is adopted, the current
transformers (CT) in generator terminal and neutral-point should be of the
same type and same ratio. The secondary load for the CTs in both sides
should match each other to mitigate the unbalanced current to the utmost
extent, reduce current setting value and improve the sensitivity.
When partial branches are connected from the neutral-point side of generator,
the complete longitudinal differential protection of the generator will become
the incomplete differential protection while the single-phase output method is
adopted. Then protection equipment selects the longitudinal differential pro-
tection scheme of percentage restraint slope. When the incomplete differen-
tial protection is adopted, the CTs in generator terminal and the neutral point
should still be of the same type and same ratio. The balance will be auto-
matically adjusted by the equipment.

Idz

Operating
Area
Restraint
Area
Idiff

IB Izd

Figure 1 Operating characteristics of generator longitudinal differential pro-


tection with percentage restraint principle

The logic diagrams of complete / incomplete longitudinal differential protec-


tion for generator are shown as follows respectively.

13
Chapter 2 Generator differential protection

1) 2-phase and 3-phase percentage restraint differential protection


Percentage differential
protection acts in phase A &

Percentage differential
protection acts in phase B
& Longitudinal differential
Percentage differential 1 protection trips(Diff Trip)
protection acts in phase C &

&
Longitudinal differential
protection is ON
2) Only 1-phase differential protection acts with negative voltage increasing
or 3-phase voltage decreasing. This is percentage restraint differential
protection with one point in protecting zone and the other point out the zone.

Percentage differential
protection acts in phase A
Only 1-phase
Percentage differential differential
protection acts in phase B protection
acts
Percentage differential
protection acts in phase C Longitudinal differential
protection trips(Diff Trip)
Negative voltage > 8V &
1
Maximum phase-to-phase
voltage < 8V
Longitudinal differential
protection is ON

3) Only 1-phase differential protection acts and there occurs CT failure


Percentage differential
protection acts in phase A
Only 1-phase
Percentage differential differential
protection acts in phase B protection
acts
Percentage differential
protection acts in phase C

CT Failure
Longitudinal differential
Maximum differential & protection trips(Diff Trip)
current of 3 phases >1.2Ie &

Single-phase differential
1
protection is preset to be
blocked when CT fails

CT Failure &

Longitudinal differential
protection is ON

4) Differential current exceeds limit


Phase A differential
current exceeds limit
Phase B differential
1 Longitudinal differential current
current exceeds limit
exceeds limit (Diff Cur Alarm)
Phase C differential & 5s
current exceeds limit
Longitudinal differential
protection is ON

Figure 2 Logic diagram of complete longitudinal differential protection

14
Chapter 2 Generator differential protection

1) Incomplete differential protection


Incomplete differential
protection acts in phase A
Incomplete differential
1
protection acts in phase B
Incomplete differential
protection acts in phase C
Incomplete differential
Incomplete differential protection trips(InCplDiff Trip)
protection is preset to be &
blocked when CT fails
&
CT Failure
Maximum differential
current of 3 phases >1.2Ie

Incomplete differential
protection is ON

2) Incomplete differential current exceeds limit


Phase A differential
current exceeds limit
Phase B differential
1 Incomplete differential current
current exceeds limit exceeds limit (InCplDiff I Alm)
& 5s
Phase C differential
current exceeds limit
Incomplete differential
protection is ON

Figure 3 Logic diagram of incomplete longitudinal differential protection

Note:
As for the complete longitudinal differential protection for generator, the CTs
at generator terminal and neutral point should be of the same type and same
transformation ratio with zero wiring. When incomplete longitudinal differen-
tial protection is adopted, the CTs at terminal and neutral point can still be of
the same type and same transformation ratio and be adjusted by the balance
coefficient introduced by software. An input of branch coefficient is needed
for the incomplete differential protection.

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


2.1 Setting calculations in Scheme 1:
Only two setting values are given in the scheme of percentage restraint co-
efficient.

15
Chapter 2 Generator differential protection

(1) Setting value of the minimum operating current I diff :

The minimum operating current I diff is set according to the maximum un-
balanced current of the differential circuit under differential protection, which
has avoided the rated working conditions of generator. Typically,
I diff  (0.2 ~ 0.3) IG.n . It is generally set as 0.3 I G .n , in which, I G .n represents the
secondary rated current of generator.
(2) Percentage restraint coefficient of differential characteristic K res :

K res  K rel K ap K cc K er , in which, K rel represents the reliable coefficient and is

valued as 1.5, K ap represents non-periodic component coefficient and is


valued as 2.0, K cc represents the coefficient of same type of CTs and is
valued as 1.0, K er represents the CT ratio error and is valued as 0.1. Typi-
cally, a safe and reliable K res is equal to 0.3.

(3) In respect of the differential protection of the percentage restraint factor


characteristics set as the principle above, the sensitivity factor of the differ-
ential protection will surely meet requirements and there is no need to verify
the sensitivity when Two-Phase metallic short circuit occurs on generator
terminals.

2.2 Setting calculations in Scheme 2:


(1) Setting value of the minimum operating current I diff :

I diff  Krel  Ker  IG.n , in which, K rel represents the reliable coefficient and is
typically valued as 1.5; K er represents the CT ratio error that is relevant to
the type of selected CT and is typically valued as 0.06 for a 10P level CT and
0.02 for a 5P level CT.

It is suggested that I diff be set as 0.3 I Ge . I diff is set as 0.4 I G.n in the case
of incomplete longitudinal differential protection or different characteristics in
the two sides of CT.
(2) Setting current value of knee point I B :

The complete longitudinal differential protection may be typically set as


I B  (0.8 ~ 1.0) IG.n . The incomplete longitudinal differential protection may be
typically set as I B  (0.5 ~ 0.8) IG.n .

(3) Percentage restraint slope of differential characteristic K ID :

As for the setting and verification of differential characteristics slope K ID for

16
Chapter 2 Generator differential protection

the longitudinal differential protection of percentage restraint, refer to Guide


of Calculating Settings of Relay Protection for Large Generator and Trans-
former of China. The sensitivity of incomplete differential protection should
be verified via special internal fault analysis software.
The K ID of complete longitudinal differential protection for generator is typ-
ically set as 0.3~0.5; the K ID is set as 0.5 in the case of incomplete longi-
tudinal differential protection or different characteristics on the two sides of
CT.

3. Input and output signals


Generator longitudinal
differential protection

IA1 Startup
IB1 Diff Trip
IC1
InCplDiff Trip
IA2
IB2
IC2

UA
UB
UC

Figure 4 Generator longitudinal differential protection

Table 1 Analog input of generator longitudinal differential protection

Analog inputs Description


IA1 Phase A current input of generator terminal CT
IB1 Phase B current input of generator terminal CT
IC1 Phase C current input of generator terminal CT
IA2 Phase A current input of generator neutral-point side CT
IB2 Phase B current input of generator neutral-point side CT

17
Chapter 2 Generator differential protection

Analog inputs Description


IC2 Phase C current input of generator neutral-point side CT
UA Phase A voltage input of generator terminal VT
UB Phase B voltage input of generator terminal VT
UC Phase C voltage input of generator terminal VT

Table 2 Output list of generator longitudinal differential protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
Diff Trip Generator differential protection trip
InCplDiff Trip Generator incomplete differential protection trip

4. Settings
Table 3 Setting value list of longitudinal differential protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

Complete differential protection with percentage restraint slope


Differential minimum value
1 I_Generator Diff 0.1IGn~20IGn A
of act current
Differential knee-point cur-
2 I_Diff Knee Point 0.1IGn~20IGn A
rent
3 Diff Slope Differential slope 0.2~1.0

Generator incomplete differential protection

Differential minimum act


4 I_InComplete Diff current value, of incomplete 0.1IGn~20IGn A
differential protection
Differential knee-point cur-
I_InCpl Knee
5 rent value, of incomplete 0.1IGn~20IGn A
Point
differential protection
Differential slope value, of
6 InCpl Diff Slope incomplete differential pro- 0.2~1.0
tection

Note: IGn represents rated secondary value of generator protection CT, viz 5A or
1A.
Note: Differential protection with percentage restraint slope is default in CSC306

18
Chapter 2 Generator differential protection

IED. Differential protection using percentage restraint coefficient can be con-


figured on demand, and then knee-point current setting-value doesn’t need to
be set.

Table 4 Control-word of generator longitudinal differential protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Complete differential protection
Generator longitudinal differential pro-
Longitudinal Diff tection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Block single-phase differential protec-
Block 1Ph Diff if tion if CT failure
2 0 1 0
CT Fail 1 - Block
0 - Not block

Generator incomplete differential protection


Generator longitudinal incomplete dif-
InComplete ferential protection is switched ON.
3 0 1 0
Diff Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Block incomplete differential protection if
Block InCpl Diff if CT failure
4 0 1 0
CT Fail 1 - Block
0 - Not block
Incomplete differential protection uses
InCpl Diff Uses 1st group CT in neutral-point side.
5
Neutral 1CT 1 - 1st group CT in neutral side
0 - 2nd group CT in neutral side

5. Report
Table 5 Event & alarm reports of longitudinal differential protection

Report Description
Diff Trip Generator differential protection trip
InCplDiff Trip Incomplete differential protection trip
Diff Cur Alarm Imbalanced differential current exceeds a certain limit
Imbalanced differential current in incomplete differential
InCpl Diff I Alm
protection exceeds a certain limit

19
Chapter 2 Generator differential protection

6. Technical data
 Generator longitudinal differential protection
Main technical data of longitudinal differential protection are as follows.
(1) Setting range of percentage restraint operating current is 0.1I e ~ 1.0I e .
The permissive error of setting value is less than ±5% or ±0.02 I n .

(2) Setting range of knee-point current is 0.5I e ~ I e .

(3) Setting range of the percentage restraint coefficient or slope is 0.3~1.0.


(4) Operating time of the percentage restraint differential protection is less
than 30ms at 2 times of setting current.
Note 1: For differential protection using percentage restraint coefficient,
knee-point current doesn’t need to be set.
Note 2: I e means secondary rated current of generator.

 Incomplete differential protection


Main technical data of generator incomplete differential protection are as
follows.
(1) Setting range of percentage restraint operating current is 0.1I e ~ 2I e . The
permissive error of setting value is less than ±5% or ±0.02 I n .

(2) Setting range of knee-point current is 0.3I e ~ I e .

(3) Setting range of the percentage restraint slope is 0.3~1.0.


(4) Operating time of the percentage restraint differential protection is less
than 30ms at 2 times of setting current.

20
Chapter 3 Split-phase transverse differential protection

Chapter 3 Generator split-phase


transverse differential
protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator split-phase transverse
differential protection, including its principle, input and output
signals, setting values, reports, technical data and so on.

21
Chapter 3 Split-phase transverse differential protection

1. Protection principle
As the main protection against the interphase and interturn faults, the
split-phase transverse differential protection for generator means the process
to split the stator winding in each phase of the generator into two groups,
which are equipped with CT respectively, then test the differential current of
the two groups of CT and start the protective function when the differential
current is more than the setting value. The difference between the transfor-
mation ratios of the two groups of CT can be balanced by the adjustment of
software. The split-phase transverse differential protection adopts the per-
centage restraint principle and the method of single-phase differential opera-
tion output. The terminal phase current is taken as reference for the current
of the two neutral points in the split-phase transverse differential protection.
The main difference between the complete longitudinal differential protection
and the split-phase transverse differential protection is as follows:
1. Different range of protection: the complete longitudinal differential pro-
tection for generator mainly focuses on the interphase short-circuit fault
but not the interturn fault, while the split-phase transverse differential
protection focuses on both the interphase short-circuit fault and the in-
terturn fault. However, as for the interphase short-circuit fault, the sensi-
tivity of complete longitudinal differential protection is theoretically better
as a whole than that of the split-phase transverse differential protection.
2. Different setting values: the working conditions for the complete longitu-
dinal differential protection for generator are better than that of the
split-phase transverse differential protection, while the setting operation
range of the differential characteristics for the split-phase transverse dif-
ferential protection is less than that of the complete longitudinal differen-
tial protection.
3. Different bases for the installation of CT: as for different generator sets,
there is no need to make a special theoretical analysis but to implement
complete longitudinal differential protection by setting the full current for
the two groups of terminal and neutral point side with the CT location
fixed. As for the multi-branch generators, esp. hydroelectric generator,
the installation location of the CT for split-phase transverse differential
protection (i.e., the number of multi-branches in the two sides) cannot be
decided until being analyzed via the special internal fault analysis soft-
ware and the installation location of each generator set is different.

22
Chapter 3 Split-phase transverse differential protection

The Logic diagram of the split-phase transverse differential protection for


generator is shown in Figure 5 .
1) Split-phase transverse differential protection
Split-phase transverse differential
protection acts in phase A
Split-phase transverse differential
1
protection acts in phase B
Split-phase transverse differential
protection acts in phase C Split-phase transverse differential
Split-phase transverse differential protection trips (SplitPh TransDif)
protection is preset to be blocked &
when CT fails
CT failure &

Maximum differential current of


3 phases >1.2Ie
Split-phase transverse
differential protection is ON

2) Split-phase transverse differential current exceeds limit


Phase A differential
current exceeds limit
Phase B differential 1 Split-phase transverse differential
current exceeds limit current exceeds limit(SpPhTrans I Alm)
& 5s
Phase C differential
current exceeds limit
Split-phase transverse
differential protection is ON

Figure 5 Logic diagram of generator split-phase transverse differential protection

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


I diff
(1) Setting value of the minimum operating current :

I diff is decided by the maximum unbalanced current under load working


conditions, which is composed of two parts, i.e., the unbalanced currents
caused by the ratio error between the two groups of CTs under load working
conditions; since the air gaps between stators and rotors are different from
each other, each branch stator winding is different and thus creates unbal-
anced current. Therefore, the minimum operating current of split-phase
transverse differential protection is stronger than that of longitudinal differen-
tial protection.

23
Chapter 3 Split-phase transverse differential protection

I diff is generally set as (0.3~0.5) I G.n , in which, it is typically set as 0.4 I G.n .

(2) Setting value I B of knee current:

To avoid the unbalanced differential current created by the eccentric action of


rotor when a generator runs under the conditions of loss-of-excitation and
loss-of-synchronism, I B  (0.3 ~ 0.6) IG.n .

(3) Slope of differential characteristics:


To avoid the maximum transient differential current due to the external failure,
the setting value is suggested as 0.5.
The sensitivity of split-phase transverse differential protection must be veri-
fied by using the special internal fault analysis software.

3. Input and output signals


Split-phase transverse
differential protection

IA1 Startup
IB1 SpPh TransD Trip
IC1

IA2
IB2
IC2

Figure 6 Generator split-phase transverse differential protection

Table 6 Analog input of split-phase transverse differential protection

Analog inputs Description


IA1 Phase A current input of generator neutral-point side CT 1
IB1 Phase B current input of generator neutral-point side CT 1
IC1 Phase C current input of generator neutral-point side CT 1
IA2 Phase A current input of generator neutral-point side CT 2
IB2 Phase B current input of generator neutral-point side CT 2
IC2 Phase C current input of generator neutral-point side CT 2

24
Chapter 3 Split-phase transverse differential protection

Table 7 Output list of split-phase transverse differential protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
Generator split-phase transverse differential
SpPh TransD Trip
protection trip

4. Settings
Table 8 Setting value list of split-phase transverse differential protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

Split-phase transverse dif-


I_SplitPh Trans
1 ferential protection mini- 0.1IGn~20IGn A
Dif
mum value of act current
Differential knee-point cur-
I_SplitPh Knee
2 rent of split-phase trans- 0.1IGn~20IGn A
Poin
verse differential protection
Differential slope of
Split TransDif
3 split-phase transverse dif- 0.2~1.0
Slope
ferential protection

Note: IGn represents rated secondary value of generator protection CT, viz 5A or
1A.

Table 9 Control-word of split-phase transverse differential protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator split-phase transverse
differential protection is switched
SplitPh Trans ON.
1 0 1 0
Diff Prot ON
1 - ON
0 – OFF
Block split-phase transverse dif-
Block ferential protection if CT failure
2 SpPhTransD if 0 1 0
1 - Block
CT Fail
0 – Not block

25
Chapter 3 Split-phase transverse differential protection

5. Report
Table 10 Event report of split-phase transverse differential protection

Report Description
SplitPh TransDif Split-phase transverse differential protection trip

6. Technical data
Main technical data of split-phase transverse differential protection are as
follows.
(1) Setting range of percentage restraint operating current is 0.1I e ~ 2I e . The
permissive error of setting value is less than ±5% or ±0.02 I n .

(2) Setting range of knee-point current is 0.3I e ~ I e .

(3) Setting range of the percentage restraint slope is 0.3~1.0.


(4) Operating time of the percentage restraint differential protection is less
than 30ms at 2 times of setting current.

26
Chapter 4 Single-unit transverse differential protection

Chapter 4 Generator single-unit


transverse differential
protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator single-unit transverse dif-
ferential protection, including its principle, input and output
signals, setting values, reports, technical data and so on.

27
Chapter 4 Single-unit transverse differential protection

1. Protection principle
As for the generator whose stator wiring is of double Y connection and neu-
tral points are of four or six outgoing lines, the transverse differential protec-
tion of single element reacts the current in the connection between two neu-
tral points of generator and further reacts the interturn fault, inter-phase short
circuit and loose weld in branch. The criterion for the transverse differential
protection of single element is:
I 0  I HC (3)

In the formula, I 0 represents the first-harmonic (viz. fundamental compo-


nent) of the transverse differential zero-sequence current of the single ele-
ment, I HC is the setting value of transverse differential current.

The special zero-point filter and Fourier algorithm are adopted. The third
harmonic filtering ratio for the single-element transverse differential protec-
tion can be over 100 times. Even in the case of system frequency offset, the
protection can still remain a high third harmonic filtering ratio.
Although CT circuit failure such as the CT failure of single-element trans-
verse differential zero-sequence current circuit will not lead to the
mis-function of protection, if the zero-sequence CT failure is not found timely,
transverse differential protection may reject to operate when some internal
fault happens.
Hence, supervision function on abnormal CT circuit of single-element trans-
verse differential relay is provided in the equipment, which can be chosen via
setting control-word setting value. If an abnormal CT circuit is tested, the
alarm signal will be sent out to inform operators for treatment.
Whether the function can be put in is decided by the actual value: when the
load of generator is 20% of the rated load, come to the measuring value
menu in the LCD of CSC-306 equipment and observe the third harmonic
component of transverse differential current Ihc3 . If the value is more than
0.1A (when the transverse differential CT is of 5A) or 0.02A (when CT is of
1A), the supervision function of supervising CT circuit of transverse differen-
tial zero-current can be put into use; if not, the function should be exited. The
function is switched on/off via setup protection control-word.
The logic diagram of single-element transverse differential protection is
shown in Figure 7.

28
Chapter 4 Single-unit transverse differential protection

Transverse differential
protection is ON Transverse differential
& protection trips(Trans Diff Trip)
Transverse 60ms
&
differential current I0>
Rotor single-earth DI & THC

Maximum terminal current Signal for transverse


of 3 phases >0.2Ie differential circuit
3rd harmonic in transverse abnormal(TranDiff CT Fail)
10s
differential current I3 <
&
Transverse differential
protection is ON
Supervising function of
transverse differential
zero-current circuit is ON

Figure 7 Logic diagram of single-unit transverse differential protection

Note:
In actual project application, the CT transformation ratio of single-element
transverse differential protection must ensure the dynamic and thermal sta-
bility of CT operation in the case of internal fault. In addition, the protection
should also ensure no damage of CT secondary circuit and protection
equipment itself in the case of internal fault. The internal mini-CT in AC
module of the protection equipment is capable of anti-saturation and in dy-
namic and thermal stability.

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) Single-element transverse differential current setting value:
Single-element transverse differential protection can realize the conventional
and high-sensitivity functions as user’s actual requirements. When CT is
chosen according to the conventional single-element transverse differential
protection, the formula of calculating setting values is:
I HC  (0.20 ~ 0.30) IG.n / na .

The CT transformation ratio n a used for high-sensitivity single-element


transverse differential protection can be selected as 600 I 2n , 400 I 2n or
200 I 2n according to the maximum unbalanced current of the neutral point
wiring in the condition of generator’s operation in full load. It should be cho-
sen as high as possible.
The operating current value of high-senility single-element transverse dif-

29
Chapter 4 Single-unit transverse differential protection

ferential protection can be primarily designed as I HC  0.05IG.n / na . The working


value for protection of the operating current should be set as
I HC  K rel K ap I unb
2
.1. max  ( I unb3. max / K 3 )
2
, in which, K rel is reliable coefficient and
is ranged between 1.3 and 1.5. K ap is the non-periodic component coeffi-
cient and is ranged between 1.5 and 2.0. K 3 is the third harmonic filtering
ratio and considered as 100. I unb.1.max and I unb.3.max represent respectively
the first-harmonic (viz. fundamental component) and third-harmonic com-
ponent of the maximum external short-circuit current and zero-sequence
unbalanced current exported by the eccentricity of rotor from the second side
of transverse differential CT under the condition of loss-of-field and
loss-of-synchronism.
(2) Single-earth transverse differential delay THC :

Viz. single-element transverse differential delay after rotor single-earth. THC


is typically set as 0.5s.

3. Input and output signals


Generator transverse
differential interturn protection

IA Startup
IB Interturn Trip
IC

I0

BI_Rotor 1Pt Earth

Figure 8 Generator single-unit transverse differential protection

Table 11 Analog & binary inputs of single-unit transverse differential protection

Analog & binary


Description
inputs
IA Phase A current input of generator CT
IB Phase B current input of generator CT

30
Chapter 4 Single-unit transverse differential protection

Analog & binary


Description
inputs
IC Phase C current input of generator CT
Zero-sequence current of single-unit trans-
I0
verse differential protection
BI_Rotor 1Pt Binary input of rotor single-point earth protec-
Earth tion action

Table 12 Output list of generator single-unit transverse differential protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
Generator single-unit transverse differential
Interturn Trip
protection trip

4. Settings
Table 13 Setting value of single-unit transverse differential interturn protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

Transverse differential protec- 0.1ITdn~20ITd


1 I_Transverse Diff A
tion act current n

T_Rotor1Earth Transverse differential time T


2 0.1s~10s s
TransD while rotor single-earth

Note: ITdn represents rated secondary value of transverse differential protection CT,
viz 5A or 1A.

Table 14 Control-word of single-unit transverse differential interturn protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator single-unit transverse
differential protection is switched
Transverse Diff ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON
1 - ON
0 – OFF
The function of detecting ze-
ro-sequence current circuit is
ZeroCur Circuit switched ON.
2 0 1 0
Detect ON
1 - ON
0 - OFF

31
Chapter 4 Single-unit transverse differential protection

5. Report
Table 15 Event & alarm reports of single-unit transverse differential protection

Report Description
Trans Diff Trip Transverse differential protection trip
TransDif CT Fail Signal for transverse differential circuit failure

6. Technical data
Main technical data of transverse differential interturn protection are as fol-
lows.
(1) Filtering ratio of the 3rd harmonic is more than 100.
(2) Current setting range is 0.08 I n ~10 I n . The permissive error of setting value
is less than ±2.5% or ±0.02 I n .

(3) Current return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is more than 0.95.
(4) Time setting range of transverse differential protection after rotor sin-
gle-earth is 0.1s~1s.
(5) Protection operating time is less than 70ms at 1.2 times of setting current
when rotor single-earth fault protection hasn’t operated.

32
Chapter 5 Longitudinal U0 interturn protection

Chapter 5 Generator longitudinal U0


interturn protection
(with negative-sequence directional element)

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator longitudinal ze-
ro-sequence voltage U0 interturn protection (with nega-
tive-sequence directional element), including its principle,
input and output signals, setting values, reports, technical
data and so on.

33
Chapter 5 Longitudinal U0 interturn protection

1. Protection principle
Generator longitudinal zero-sequence voltage interturn protection (with neg-
ative-sequence direction blocking element), is on the basis of longitudinal U0
variation.
When an interturn short circuit of generator occurs, zero-sequence voltage
will be created at the two sides of the open delta windings of the special
voltage transformer (VT) on generator terminal. The special VT is totally in-
sulated and its primary neutral point is connected with the neutral point of
generator via HV cable. This feature can be utilized to form the internal short
circuit protection of longitudinal zero-sequence voltage. The protection crite-
rion is : 3U 0  U turn , in which, 3U 0 represents the first-harmonic (viz. fun-
damental component) of the open delta zero-sequence voltage of the special
VT on general terminal, and U turn represents the setting value of longitudinal
zero-sequence voltage. The protection operates the tripping output with de-
lay.
To prevent the mis-function of longitudinal zero-sequence voltage element
due to external fault and abnormal secondary circuit of CT, steady-state
negative-sequence directional element is added as blocking element. The
CT of generator terminal or neutral point can be selected as nega-
tive-sequence directional element. In the case of interturn fault, the nega-
tive-sequence power flows from generator to system. As for the steady-state
negative-sequence directional element, I 2  I 2Q  U 2  U 2Q  P2  0 , refer to
Formula (6) in Chapter 6 “Generator negative -sequence directional interturn
protection”. When the generator is not synchronized and closed, the nega-
tive-sequence voltage is taken as blocking element since there is no nega-
tive-sequence current. When the primary circuit of the special voltage trans-
former (VT) of generator terminal is abnormal, the blocking longitudinal ze-
ro-sequence voltage is blocked.
To prevent the negative-sequence directional element from being out of ac-
tion when there is CT / VT failure in the negative-sequence directional ele-
ment CT or generator terminal VT while interturn fault occurs and leads to
blocking of interturn protection, one section of high setting value stage is in-
put without negative-sequence directional blockage and output with delay.
Both the longitudinal zero voltage and delay of the high setting value stage
can be set.

34
Chapter 5 Longitudinal U0 interturn protection

The equipment has the function of monitoring the abnormality of longitudinal


zero voltage circuit, which can be selected via the setting of control-word.
When each of the three line voltages of the special VT is more than 90V, the
third harmonic component of the open delta zero-sequence voltage is less
than a fixed value and the open delta zero voltage circuit of the special VT is
judged as being abnormal after 10s of delay. Then the alarm signal will be
sent out to inform operators for treatment to avoid reject of protection.
Whether the function will be input is decided by the actual measuring values
in menu, viz. when the generator runs without load and the terminal voltage
is rated, come to the measuring values in LCD menu of CSC-306, and ob-
serve the third harmonic component of transverse zero voltage U 3 . The
supervision function of abnormal transverse zero voltage circuit can be used
if the value is more than 0.3V; otherwise it should be exited by setup the set-
ting of control-word.

Note:
Protection will not mis-function under the conditions of only CT or VT failure,
since the negative-sequence directional element does not satisfy operating
requirement. But the CT and VT failure is still detected in the equipment. The
alarm signal will be sent out and the negative-sequence directional element
will be blocked when CT or VT fails to avoid the mis-function of protection
due to external fault under the condition of secondary circuit failure.

The logic diagram of negative-sequence directional blocking longitudinal


zero voltage protection is shown in Figure 9, in which, VT1 is the common
voltage transformer of generator terminal, VT2 is the special interturn VT, CT
is the one used by negative-sequence directional element and can be se-
lected as generator terminal CT or neutral CT.

35
Chapter 5 Longitudinal U0 interturn protection

TA Failure

VT1 Failure

Negetive current I2>I2Q & Negative-sequence


Negative voltage U2>U2Q directional element acts

Negative-sequence directional
criterion is satisfied

Longitudinal zero-sequence
voltage protection is ON
Longitudinal zero-sequence voltage
Longitudinal zero interturn protection trips(U0 Turn Trip)
voltage 3U0>Uturn1 Tturn1
&
VT2 Failure
Negative-sequence
directional element acts

Longitudinal zero-sequence
voltage protection is ON
Longitudinal zero-sequence voltage
Longitudinal zero voltage
interturn protection trips(U0 Turn Trip)
3U0>Uturn2 Tturn2
&
(High setting value stage)
TA or VT1 Failure

VT2 Failure

All 3 phase voltages of TV2


> 90V Signal for longitudinal zero-sequence
Third harmonic U3 in open voltage 3U0 circuit failure(Longit 3U0 Fail)
10s
delta voltage 3U0 of TV2 < &

Supervising function of
longitudinal zero voltage
circuit is ON

Figure 9 Logic diagram of longitudinal zero voltage interturn protection


(with negative-sequence directional blocking element)

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


The setting principle of zero-sequence voltage U turn1 is that it should avoid
the zero-sequence voltage generated by longitudinal asymmetry of generator
and the disagreement of the three-phase parameters of special VT. Mean-
while it should act reliably when the minimum interturn short circuit of stators
windings occurs.

The setting principle of zero-sequence voltage U turn 2 in high setting value


stage is that it should avoid the maximum longitudinal zero-sequence voltage
under the conditions of VT failure used by negative-sequence directional
element or CT failure while external fault occurs at the same time. The set-
ting value of U turn 2 is suggested not less than 6V and Tturn 2 not less than
0.2s.

36
Chapter 5 Longitudinal U0 interturn protection

The negative-sequence current starting value I 2Q and the nega-


tive-sequence voltage starting value U 2Q are internally fixed in the equip-
ment.

3. Input and output signals


Generator longitudinal U0
interturn protection

IA Startup
IB Interturn Trip
IC

UA
UB
UC

U0

Figure 10 Generator longitudinal U0 interturn protection (with nega-


tive-sequence directional element)

Table 16 Analog inputs of generator longitudinal U0 interturn protection

Analog input Description


IA Phase A current input of generator CT
IB Phase B current input of generator CT
IC Phase C current input of generator CT
UA Phase A voltage input of generator VT
UB Phase B voltage input of generator VT
UC Phase C voltage input of generator VT
Longitudinal zero-sequence voltage U0 for in-
U0
terturn protection

Table 17 Output list of generator longitudinal U0 interturn protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup

37
Chapter 5 Longitudinal U0 interturn protection

Signal Description
Generator longitudinal U0 interturn protection
Interturn Trip trip (with negative-sequence directional
element)

4. Settings
Table 18 Setting value list of longitudinal U0 interturn protection with nega-
tive-sequence directional element

No Name Meaning Range Unit Remark

U_Longitudina Longitudinal zero-sequence


1 1~100 V
l U0 voltage U
T_Longitudina Longitudinal zero-sequence
2 0~30 s
l U0 voltage protection time T
Longitudinal zero-sequence
U_Longitudin More than 6V gen-
3 voltage U of high setting value 3~100 V erally
U0 High
stage
More than 200ms
Longitudinal zero-sequence generally.
T_Longitudin
4 voltage protection time T of 0.1~30 s If is set as 35s,
U0 High high setting value
high setting value stage
stage will be OFF.

Table 19 Control-word of longitudinal U0 interturn protection with nega-


tive-sequence directional element

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator longitudinal zero-sequence
Longitudinal voltage interturn protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ZeroV Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The function of detecting zero-sequence
ZeroVolt Circuit voltage circuit is switched ON.
2 0 1 0
Detect ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Negative-sequence directional element
NegSeq Direct uses generator terminal CT
3 0 1 0
Uses Term CT 1 - generator terminal CT
0 - generator neutral CT

38
Chapter 5 Longitudinal U0 interturn protection

5. Report
Table 20 Event & alarm reports of generator longitudinal U0 interturn protection

Report Description
Longitudinal zero-sequence voltage interturn protection
U0 Turn Trip
trip
Signal for longitudinal zero-sequence voltage 3U0 circuit
Longit 3U0 Fail
failure

6. Technical data
Main technical data of generator longitudinal U0 interturn protection (with
negative-sequence directional element) are as follows.
(1) Filtering ratio of the 3rd harmonic zero-sequence voltage is more than 100.
(2) Maximum sensitive angle of negative-sequence directional element is
82.5°±5°.
(3) Operating range of negative-sequence directional element is 0°~165°.
(4) Setting range of zero-sequence voltage is 1.0V~100V. The permissive er-
ror of setting value is less than ±2.5% or ±0.05V.
(5) Time setting range is 0s~30s. Its permissive error is less than ±1% or
±40ms at 1.2 times of setting value and at maximum sensitive angle.
(6) Setting range of zero-sequence voltage of high setting value stage is
3.0V~100V. The permissive error of setting value is less than ±2.5% or
±0.05V.
(7) Time setting range of high setting value stage is 0.1s~30s. Its permissive
error is less than ±1% or ±40ms at 1.2 times of setting value.

39
Chapter 6 Negative-sequence directional interturn protection

Chapter 6 Generator negative


-sequence directional
interturn protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator negative -sequence direc-
tional interturn protection, including its principle, input and
output signals, setting values, reports, technical data and so
on.

40
Chapter 6 Negative-sequence directional interturn protection

1. Protection principle
In the case that there are only three outgoing terminals of neutral point and
single-element transverse differential protection cannot be set and no longi-
tudinal zero-sequence protection can be set without special VT , the interturn
fault protection of stator windings can be realized by the negative-sequence
directional interturn protection with fault component starting element.
The fault component I 2 of negative-sequence current, the fault component
of negative-sequence voltage U 2 and the fault component of nega-
tive-sequence power P2 are adopted as starting elements in the interturn
protection. The switchover to steady-stated negative-sequence directional
relay after 20ms is taken as the judging element of delay. The protection is
output after a 200ms delay.
The operating criterion of fault component startup is:
I 2  I 2QT   U 2  U 2QT   P2  PT  (4)

In which, I 2QT , U 2QT and PT represent the component threshold values of
negative-sequence current, negative-sequence voltage and negative se-
quence power respectively.
The fault component of negative-sequence power is calculated in the fol-
lowing formula:
 

P2  3 Re U 2   I2  e j  (5)
 

In the formula,  represents the maximum sensitive angle of fault compo-


nent negative-sequence directional relay and generally falls in the range of
75~85 degree.
The criterion for the judgment of steady-state negative-sequence directional
element operation is:
I 2  I 2Q  U 2  U 2Q  P2  0 (6)

In the formula: I 2Q and U 2Q represent the values of negative-sequence


current and voltage threshold respectively and are fixed inside the equipment;
P2 is the negative-sequence directional element.

The maximum sensitive angle of steady-state negative-sequence directional


。 。
relay generally falls in the range of 75 ~85 . The voltage of negative

41
Chapter 6 Negative-sequence directional interturn protection

-sequence directional relay is selected as the VT of generator terminal and


the current is optional as neutral-point CT or generator terminal CT (optional).
The negative-sequence power flows from generator to system in the case of
internal fault.

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) The fault component of negative-sequence current I 2 , the fault com-
ponent of negative-sequence voltage U 2 and fault component of nega-
tive-sequence power P2 .

It is suggested that I 2 is 1% I Ge , U 2 is 3% U Ge and P2 is 0.1% PGe .

(2) Negative-sequence current starting value I 2Q and negative-sequence


voltage starting value U 2Q :

The negative-sequence current starting value I 2Q and negative-sequence


voltage starting value U 2Q are internally fixed in the equipment.

(3) Delay element T0 :

It is internally fixed as 0.2s in the equipment.

3. Input and output signals


Generator negative-sequence
direction interturn protection

IA Startup
IB Interturn Trip
IC

UA
UB
UC

Figure 11 Negative-sequence directional interturn protection

42
Chapter 6 Negative-sequence directional interturn protection

Table 21 Analog inputs of negative-sequence directional interturn protection

Analog input Description


IA Phase A current input of generator CT
IB Phase B current input of generator CT
IC Phase C current input of generator CT
UA Phase A voltage input of generator VT
UB Phase B voltage input of generator VT
UC Phase C voltage input of generator VT

Table 22 Output list of negative-sequence directional interturn protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
Generator negative-sequence directional
Interturn Trip
interturn protection trip

4. Settings
Table 23 Setting value of negative-sequence directional interturn protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

I2_NegSequenc Abrupt-change fault component of genera-


1 tor negative-sequence current ( I 2 ) 0.08~5 A
Abrupt

U2_NegSequenc Abrupt-change fault component of genera-


2 tor negative-sequence voltage ( U 2 ) 0.5~10 V
Abrupt
Abrupt-change fault component of nega-
P2 Pct_NegSeq tive-sequence active power ( P2 ), in per-
3 0.001~100
Abrupt
centage unit

Table 24 Control-word of negative-sequence directional interturn protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Negative-sequence directional inter-
NegSeq Direct turn protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Turn Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

43
Chapter 6 Negative-sequence directional interturn protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Negative-sequence direction used
NegSeq Direct generator terminal CT
0 1 0
Uses Term CT 1 - use generator terminal CT
0 - use neutral-pointl CT

5. Report
Table 25 Event report of negative-sequence directional interturn protection

Report Description
Generator negative-sequence directional inter-turn pro-
NegDir Turn Trip
tection trip

6. Technical data
Main technical data of negative-sequence directional interturn protection are
as follows.
(1) Setting range of fault component of negative-sequence current is
0.02 I e ~1 I e .

Note: I e means secondary rated current of generator

(2) Setting range of fault component of negative-sequence voltage is


0.5V~10V.
(3) Negative-sequence direction sensitivity of fault component:
Minimum operating negative-sequence increment P2 is less than 0.5% S n
at maximum sensitive angle. Here S n means secondary rated capacity
volume of generator.
(4) Maximum sensitive angle of steady-state component to maintain is
82.5°±5°.
(5) Operating range of negative-sequence direction is 0°~165°.
(6) Protection operating time is less than 200ms at maximum sensitive angle.

44
Chapter 7 Generator over current protection

Chapter 7 Generator over current


protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator over current protection,
including its principle, input and output signals, setting val-
ues, reports, technical data and so on.

45
Chapter 7 Generator over current protection

1. Protection principle
1.1 Generator overcurrent protection with voltage element
Composed of over-current element (in which current can be memorized),
low-voltage and negative-sequence voltage block element, the OC protection
started by negative-sequence voltage and linear voltage and can act as
backup in the occurrence of fault in generator, transformer, HV bus and
neighboring lines. Overcurrent protection is blocked with compound voltage
element, i.e. low-voltage and negative-sequence voltage blocking element. It
is set with one stage and two time (or two stages and two time-limits). The
current is the maximum phase current of 3 phases. It can be optional from
the generator terminal CT or neutral-point CT (optional) and voltage from the
common terminal VT.
As for generator of self-shunt excitation, the current attenuates after
short-circuit fault and the fault current may have returned before the tripping
output of overcurrent protection operation. Therefore, after the startup of
compound voltage overcurrent protection, the overcurrent element needs to
be memorized to ensure reliable output of protection. Whether the current is
memorized or not can be selected via setup bit in setting control-word.
In the case of VT failure, there are different ways of treatment to be selected
according to the control-word setup of “Overcurrent protection is ON/OFF
when VT fails”. When “Overcurrent protection is OFF when VT fails” is set,
overcurrent protection will be out of use if the common terminal VT fails.
When “Overcurrent protection is ON when VT fails” is set, it will be simple
overcurrent protection without judging voltage element if the common ter-
minal VT fails. At this time it is considered that compound voltages condition
is satisfied. And if memorized current function is set, the memorized function
will also be exited when VT fails. Viz. the overcurrent protection with com-
pound voltage block element becomes the simple overcurrent protection
without voltage blocking element if VT fails.
The logic diagram of generator overcurrent protection with compound volt-
age blocked element in each time limit is shown in Figure 12.

46
Chapter 7 Generator over current protection

TV Failure
&
Memorized current function is ON
1
Maximum current of 3-phase
Imax > setting value Iset
Negative sequence voltage > U2 Generator overcurrent
Or any line voltage < UD protection trip (OverCur Trip)
& TG
&
TV Failure 1

Overcurrent protection is ON

when TV fails

Overcurrent protection is ON

Figure 12 Logic diagram of generator compound voltage OC protection

1.2 Generator compound overcurrent protection


The compound OC protection can be composed of the low-voltage
overcurrent as above and negative-sequence overcurrent as follows .
The voltage element of generator negative-sequence overcurrent protection
uses generator terminal VT. And CT in negative-sequence current element
can be optional from any group of terminal CT or neutral CT. When one
group of CT failure occurs, the protection unit will automatically switch over to
another group of normal CT. One stage with two time limits is set in the pro-
tection (or two stages with two time limits).
The Logic diagram of the LV overcurrent of each time limit is shown in Figure
13 (without U2 element), and the Logic diagram of generator nega-
tive-sequence overcurrent protection is shown as follows..

Negative-sequence overcurrent
Negative current I2 > protection trip(Neg OC Trip)
& TG
Overcurrent
protection is ON

Figure 13 Logic diagram of generator negative-sequence OC protection

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) Overcurrent setting value:
The overcurrent setting value is decided by the actual site application. It is
generally set according to the generator maximum-load current.
(2) Overcurrent operating time:

47
Chapter 7 Generator over current protection

The delay time setting-value is suitable for both OC element and nega-
tive-sequence OC element, coordinating with the operating time for backup
protection of neighboring equipment (transmission line) and the delay is set
as to add t to the delay considered for coordination.

(3) Low voltage setting value U D :

The setting of low-voltage element is different due to the difference of turbine


generator and hydro-turbine generator. The calculating formula is typically as
follows:

U D   0.6 ~ 0.65  U G.n


 Turbine generator

U D   0.7 ~ 0.75 U G.n
 Hydro-turbine generator

(4) Negative-sequence voltage setting value U 2 :

The negative-sequence voltage element is set according to the unbalanced


voltage of the normal operation status of generator and generally set as
U 2  (0.06 ~ 0.08)UG.n .

(5) Negative-sequence overcurrent setting value:


The negative-sequence overcurrent is set according to the condition of pre-
venting the damage of rotor due to overheat from negative-sequence current.
The setting formula is typically as I F  (0.5 ~ 0.6) IG.n .

Generally, the indirectly cooled turbine generator is set as 0.5 I G.n and hy-
dro-turbine generator is set as 0.6 I G.n .

3. Input and output signals


Generator backup
overcurrent protection

IA Startup
IB OverCur T1 Trip
IC
OverCur T2 Trip
UA
UB
UC

Figure 14 Generator backup overcurrent protection

48
Chapter 7 Generator over current protection

Table 26 Analog input list of backup overcurrent protection

Analog input Description


IA Phase A current input of generator CT
IB Phase B current input of generator CT
IC Phase C current input of generator CT
UA Phase A voltage input of generator VT
UB Phase B voltage input of generator VT
UC Phase C voltage input of generator VT

Table 27 Output list of backup overcurrent protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
OverCur T1 Trip Generator overcurrent protection trip of the first delay T1
Generator overcurrent protection trip of the second time
OverCur T2 Trip
T2

4. Settings
Table 28 Setting value list of generator overcurrent protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit Remark

Overcurrent protection
1 I_Gen OverCur 0.1IGn~20IGn A
act current
If is set as 35s,
Overcurrent protection
2 T_OC Stage 1 0~30 s T1 delay stage
act time T1 will be OFF.
If is set as 35s,
Overcurrent protection
3 T_OC Stage 2 0~30 s T2 delay stage
act time T2 will be OFF.
4 U_Under Voltage Under voltage set U< 0~100 V
U2_NegSequence Negative-sequence
5 0~100 V
Volt over- voltage set U2>
Negative-sequence
6 I2_Neg Sequence 0.1IGn~20IGn A
over-current set I2>

49
Chapter 7 Generator over current protection

Table 29 Control-word of generator overcurrent protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator overcurrent protection
Gen OverCur is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 – OFF
Memorized current function is
Cur Memorize switched ON.
2 0 1 0
Function ON 1 - ON
0 – OFF
Block overcurrent protection if
VT failure
Block OverCur if 1 – Block, i.e. OC is OFF if VT
3 0 1 0
VT Fail failure.
0 – Not block, i.e. OC is ON if VT
failure.

Note:
If No. 3 in above Table is set as 1, meaning that overcurrent protection is OFF when
VT failure, the protection will be OFF when generator common TV failure occurs.
If No. 3 in above Table is set as 0, meaning that overcurrent protection is ON when
VT failure, the protection will be simple overcurrent protection if the common ter-
minal VT fails. Then, even if memorized current function is set as ON, the memo-
rized function will also be OFF when VT fails.

5. Report
Table 30 Event report of backup overcurrent protection

Report Description
OverCur T1 Trip Generator overcurrent protection trip of the first time T1
Generator overcurrent protection trip of the second time
OverCur T2 Trip
T2
Negative-sequence overcurrent protection trip of the first
Neg OC T1 Trip
time T1
Negative-sequence overcurrent protection trip of the
Neg OC T2 Trip
second time T2

50
Chapter 7 Generator over current protection

6. Technical data
Main technical data of over-current protection are as follows.
(1) Over-current element
(a) Current setting range is 0.5I e ~ 15I e . The permissive error is less
than ±2.5% or ±0.02 I n .

(b) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is more than 0.95.
(c) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. The permissive error is less than
±1% or ±40ms at 120% of setting current.
(2) Low-voltage block element
(a) Setting range of low voltage is 10V~100V. Its permissive error is
±2.5%.
(b) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is less than 1.1.
(c) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. The permissive error is less than ±1%
or ±40ms at 1.2 times of setting current and 80% setting voltage.
(3) Negative-sequence voltage block element
(a) Setting range of negative-sequence voltage is 2V~40V. Its permissive
error is ±2.5% or 0.05V.
(b) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. The permissive error is less than ±1%
or ±40ms at 1.2 times of setting current and 80% setting voltage.
(4) Negative-sequence over current element
(a) Setting range of negative-sequence current is 0.1I e ~ 5I e . Its permissive
error is ±2.5% or  0.02I n .

(b) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. The permissive error is less than ±1%
or ±40ms at 1.2 times of setting current and 80% setting voltage.

Note: I e means secondary rated current of generator, and I n means rated


current of CSC-306 IED.

51
Chapter 8 Generator interphase distance protection

Chapter 8 Generator interphase


distance protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator interphase distance pro-
tection, including its principle, input and output signals, set-
ting values, reports, technical data and so on.

52
Chapter 8 Generator interphase distance protection

1. Protection principle
Interphase distance protection reacts the value of measured interphase im-
pedance. Its current is optional from terminal CT or neutral CT and its voltage
is from generator terminal VT.
To prevent the mis-function of distance element caused by VT failure, VT
wire-breakage blocking failure element is added.
Interphase distance protection is set with two stages and four time-limits.
The distance protection is composed of current startup element, interphase
impedance measuring element, time delay and VT failure blocking element.
The current startup element adopts phase current fault-component value and
negative-sequence current for startup. In which the startup setting value of
both phase current fault-component and negative-sequence current is
20% I G.n . The voltage and current for the calculation of impedance elements
adopts zero wiring, viz. U AB and I AB , U BC and IBC , and U CA and ICA
form three impedance elements respectively. The three elements are output
in OR gate.

jX A:RZ
B:XZ
B C:NZ*RZ
D:NZ*XZ

C
0 A R
D

Figure 15 Diagram of impedance characteristics


We can realize the characteristics of directional impedance circle, offset im-
pedance circle or full impedance circle by setting the resistance component
value RZ,, the reactance component value XZ and the inverse offset ratio NZ.
The operating characteristics of impedance elements are shown in Figure 15
The Logic diagram of interphase distance protection of each time limit is
shown as follows.

53
Chapter 8 Generator interphase distance protection

Interphase distance
protection is ON
Protection has starts up Generator back-up distance
protection trip (Distance Trip)
& TZ
Measuring impedance is
inside of impedance circle
TV Failure

Figure 16 Logic diagram of interphase distance protection

Note:
Setting values of interphase distance protection should be set conforming
with the relevant regulations and different requirements.

2. Input and output signals


Generator interphase
distance protection

IA Startup
IB Distance T11 Trp
IC Distance T12 Trp
Distance T21 Trp
UA Distance T22 Trp
UB
UC

Figure 17 Generator interphase distance protection

Table 31 Analog input list of interphase distance protection

Analog input Description


IA Phase A current input of generator CT
IB Phase B current input of generator CT
IC Phase C current input of generator CT
UA Phase A voltage input of generator VT
UB Phase B voltage input of generator VT
UC Phase C voltage input of generator VT

54
Chapter 8 Generator interphase distance protection

Table 32 Output list of interphase distance protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
Generator interphase distance protection T11 trip,
Distance T11 Trp
the 1st delay in Stage 1
Generator interphase distance protection T12 trip,
Distance T12 Trp
the 2nd delay in Stage 1
Generator interphase distance protection T21 trip,
Distance T21 Trp
the 1st delay in Stage 2
Generator interphase distance protection T22 trip,
Distance T22 Trp
the 2nd delay in Stage 2

3. Settings
Table 33 Setting value list of generator interphase distance protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit Remark

X_Impedance Impedance set X1 of


1 0~100 Ω
Stage1 stage 1
Reactance set R1 of
2 R_Reactance Stage1 0~100 Ω
stage 1
Backward offset ratio of
3 Offset Ratio Stage1 0~100
stage 1
If is set as 35s, T1
T_Distance Stage1 The first time T11 of
4 0~30 s delay of stage 1 will
T1 stage 1 be OFF.
If is set as 35s, T2
T_Distance Stage1 The second time T12 of
5 0~30 s delay of stage 1 will
T2 stage 1 be OFF.
X_Impedance Impedance set X2 of
6 0~100 Ω
Stage2 stage 2
Reactance set R2 of
7 R_Reactance Stage2 0~100 Ω
stage 2
Backward offset ratio of
8 Offset Ratio Stage2 0~100
stage 2
If is set as 35s, T1
T_Distance Stage2 The first time T21 of
9 0~30 s delay of stage 2
T1 stage 2
will be OFF.
If is set as 35s, T2
T_Distance Stage2 The second time T22 of
10 0~30 s delay of stage 2
T2 stage 2
will be OFF.

55
Chapter 8 Generator interphase distance protection

Table 34 Control-word of generator interphase distance protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator overcurrent protection
Backup Dis- is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
tance Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Generator distance protection
uses generator terminal CT
Distance Prot
2 0 1 0 1 - generator terminal CT
Uses Term CT
0 - generator neutral-point side
CT

4. Report
Table 35 Event reports of generator interphase distance protection

Report Description
Generator back-up distance protection trip T11, mean-
Distance T11 Trip
ing the first time limit in the first stage
Generator back-up distance protection trip T12, mean-
Distance T12 Trip
ing the second time limit in the first stage
Generator back-up distance protection trip T21, mean-
Distance T21 Trip
ing the first time limit in the second stage
Generator back-up distance protection trip T22, mean-
Distance T22 Trip
ing the second time limit in the second stage

5. Technical data
Main technical data of interphase distance protection are as follows.
(1) Impedance setting range is 0~100Ω. The permissive error is less than
±5%.
(2) Setting range of impedance opposite offset ratio is 0~100.
(3) Exact work current is less than 0.1 I n .

(4) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. The permissive error is less than ±1% or
±40ms at 80% setting current.
Note: I n means rated current of CSC-306 IED.

56
Chapter 9 First-harmonic U0 stator earth fault protection

Chapter 9 First-harmonic zero-


sequence voltage stator
earth fault protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator first-harmonic (viz. fun-
damental) zero-sequence voltage stator earth fault protec-
tion (SEFP), including its principle, input and output signals,
setting values, reports, technical data and so on.

57
Chapter 9 First-harmonic U0 stator earth fault protection

1. Protection principle
Stator earth fault protection (SEFP) of fundamental zero-sequence voltage
principle reacts the open delta zero-sequence voltage of VT on generator
terminal or the zero-sequence voltage of single-phase VT (or extinction coil
arc-suppression coil, or distribution transformer) on generator neutral point.
This type of SEFP is to protect against the earth fault of stator winding in the
range of about 90% from generator terminal to inside of stator.
(1) When there is VT on generator neutral point and protection is set as trip,
the protection criterion is:
U n 0  U 1S 
 (7)
U t 0  0.9  U 1S 

In the formula, U n 0 is the first-harmonic (viz. fundamental) component of


neutral zero-sequence voltage after transforming ratio compensation. U 1S is
the zero-sequence voltage setting value of stator’s earth, and U t 0 is the
first-harmonic component of zero-sequence voltage on generator terminal, in
which,
3nTV 3
U n 0  U n0  (8)
nTV 1

In the formula, U n0 is the first-harmonic of actual neutral zero-sequence


voltage, nTV 3 and nTV 1 represent the transformation ratio of VT open delta
zero-sequence voltage on neutral point and generator terminal. In consider-
ation of the fact that the transformation ratio of neutral VT is not applied in the
UG
engineering of 100 , the neutral voltage is multiplied with transformation
3
UG
ratio compensation factor to have it satisfy the requirement of 100 .
3

(2) When there is VT on generator neutral point and protection is set as


signal, the protection criterion is:
U n 0  U1S (9)
(3) When there is no VT on generator neutral point, the protection criterion is:
U t 0  U1S (10)
Formula (10) needs to be blocked of terminal VT failure.
Zero filter and Fourier arithmetic are adopted for fundamental zero-sequence

58
Chapter 9 First-harmonic U0 stator earth fault protection

voltage calculation. This method magnifies third-harmonic filtering ratio to


more than 100. And the ratio is still very high even under the case of electric
system’s frequency offset.
When the high-voltage side of main transformer is not of earthing system,
zero-sequence voltage (the setting value of blocking is internally set as 15V)
blocking of main transformer can be adopted to simplify the calculation of
transfer voltage.
The protection equipment supplies supervision function on zero-sequence
voltage circuits of generator terminal VT and neutral VT (if exists). The func-
tion can be chosen via setting control-word. When three line voltages of
generator common terminal TV are all more than 90V, and 3 rd harmonic of
open delta zero-sequence voltage on generator terminal and neutral point
(symbolized as U t 3 and U n3 ) are less than a certain set, 3U 0 failure signal
will be sent out after 10s delay. Whether the function can be put into use is
decided by the actual value. It can be used if the U t 3 and U n3 displayed in
CSC-306’s LCD are more than 0.15V, when the generator is of no-load and
terminal voltage is rated value. Otherwise it should be put out of use.

The logic diagram of fundamental zero-voltage stator earth protection is


shown in Figure 18. In which U t 3 means 3rd harmonic of zero-sequence
voltage on generator terminal TV, and U ' n3 is 3rd harmonic of zero-sequence
voltage on neutral point after compensated with transformation ratio.

59
Chapter 9 First-harmonic U0 stator earth fault protection

Fundamental zero sequence Zero voltage SEFP signal


voltage SEFP is ON (1Har U0 SEFP Alm)
--If set as signal
There is TV in generator & TD1
neutral point

Un0'>U1S Zero voltage SEFP trip


(1HarU0 SEFP Trip)
& --If set as trip
Ut0 > 0.9×U1S TD1

Fundamental zero sequence


voltage SEFP is ON
There is not TV in Zero voltage SEFP trip --If set as trip
generator neutral point Or Zero voltage SEFP alarm--If set as signal
& TD1
Ut0>U1S

Generator terminal TV
Failure

3 line voltages of
terminal TV > 90V Generator terminal zero voltage
3U0 circuit failure (Term 3U0 Fail)
Terminal voltage Ut3 < & 10s

Supervising function of
zero-sequence voltage
circuit is ON
Generator neutral-point zero voltage
There is TV in 3U0 circuit failure (Neutral 3U0 Fail)
10s
generator neutral point &
Generator terminal
U’n3 <

Figure 18 Logic diagram of fundamental U0 SEFP

Note:
The voltage input circuit of stator earth fault protection should meet the
counter-measure requirement, viz. there is no fuse and auxiliary contact in
circuit and there is no multipoint earthing, etc. The primary circuit of genera-
tor terminal VT or neutral point VT (or arc-suppression coil, or distribution
transformer) should be of no fuse and reliably earthed.

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


Fundamental zero-sequence voltage U1S and operating time TD1:
U1S is set as the maximum unbalanced voltage of the open delta winding on
neutral single-phase VT or terminal VT . The setting formula is U1S  KrelUunb. max ,
in which, K rel is reliable coefficient and typically falls within the range of
1.2~1.3; U unb. max is the actual measuring value of unbalanced voltage. U1S is
generally set as (5%~15%) U G.n .

TD1 value should cooperate with system earth protection.

60
Chapter 9 First-harmonic U0 stator earth fault protection

3. Input and output signals


1st-harmonic U0 voltage
SEFP protection

Un Startup

Ut 1Har U0 SEFP Trp

1Har U0 SEFP Alm

Figure 19 Generator stator 1st harmonic voltage SEFP

Table 36 Analog input list of 1st harmonic voltage SEFP

Analog input Description


Zero-sequence voltage from generator neu-
Un
tral-point VT
Zero-sequence voltage from generator termi-
Ut
nal VT

Table 37 Output list of 1st harmonic voltage SEFP

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
1Har U0 SEFP Trip 1st harmonic voltage SEFP protection trip
1st harmonic voltage SEFP protection send
1Har U0 SEFP Alm alarm signal

4. Settings
Table 38 Setting value list of 1st harmonic zero-sequence voltage SEFP

No Name Meaning Range Unit

1 U_1Har U0 SEFP 1st-harmonic zero-voltage act U 2~100 V


2 T_1Har U0 SEFP 1st-harmonic zero-voltage time T 0.1~30 s

61
Chapter 9 First-harmonic U0 stator earth fault protection

Table 39 Control-word of 1st harmonic zero-sequence voltage SEFP

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
1st harmonic zero-sequence
1Har U0 SEFP voltage SEFP is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
1st harmonic zero-sequence
1Har U0 SEFP voltage SEFP acts to trip.
2 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The function of detecting ze-
ro-sequence voltage circuit in
U0 Circuit De- SEFP is switched ON.
3 0 1 0
tect ON
1 - ON
0 - OFF

5. Report
Table 40 Event&Alarm reports of 1st-harmonic zero-sequence voltage SEFP

Report Description
Stator earth fault protection(SEFP) trip using
1HarU0 SEFP Trip
first-harmonic zero-sequence voltage
Stator earth fault protection(SEFP) signal using
1Har U0 SEFP Alm
first-harmonic zero-sequence voltage
Signal for zero-sequence voltage 3U0 circuit failure in
Term 3U0 Fail
generator terminal
Signal for zero-sequence voltage 3U0 circuit failure in
Neutral 3U0 Fail
generator neutral point

6. Technical data
Main technical data of 1st harmonic U0 stator single-earth fault protection are
as follows.
(1) Filtering ratio of the 3rd harmonic is more than 100.
(2) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is more than 0.95.
(3) Setting range of zero-sequence voltage is 5V~50V. The permissive error is
±2.5%.
(4) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. Its permissive error is less than ±1% or ±40ms
at 1.2 times of setting value.

62
Chapter 10 Third-harmonic U0 stator earth fault protection

Chapter 10 Third-harmonic zero-


sequence voltage stator
earth fault protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator third-harmonic ze-
ro-sequence voltage stator earth fault protection (SEFP),
including its principle, input and output signals, setting val-
ues, reports, technical data and so on.

63
Chapter 10 Third-harmonic U0 stator earth fault protection

1. Protection principle
The 100% stator earth fault protection (SEFP) is formed together with third
harmonic voltage type SEFP and fundamental zero-sequence voltage type
SEFP. The third harmonic zero-voltage protection is only for the stator earth
fault in the range of about 25% to neutral point.
The third harmonic voltage protection reacts the third harmonic ze-
ro-sequence voltage ratio of generator terminal and neutral point. The output
mode of third harmonic voltage SEFP can be set as signal or trip. The oper-
ating criterion of 3rd-harmonic voltage ratio is adopted when the load current
is less than 20% I G .n and dynamic adaptive 3rd-harmonic voltage differen-

tial criterion is adopted when the load current is not less than 20% I G .n .

(1) Third harmonic voltage ratio protection


The third harmonic voltage ratio protection corresponds to the generator
conditions before synchronization & close and with light load. The judgment
criterion of protection is:
Ut3 
 K31  (11)
U n3 
I max  20% I G .n 

In the formula, U n 3 is the third harmonic voltage phasor of neutral ze-


ro-sequence voltage after compensation with transformation ratio, U t 3 is the
third harmonic voltage phasor of terminal zero-sequence voltage, K 31 is the
setting value of third harmonic voltage ratio and must be measured on site,
and I max is the maximum terminal phase current.

In which,
3nTV 3
U n 3  U n3  (12)
nTV 1

In the formula, U n3 is the actual third harmonic component of neutral ze-


ro-sequence voltage.
(2) Dynamic adaptive third harmonic voltage differential protection
Dynamic adaptive 3rd-harmonic voltage differential protection corresponds to
the condition of over 20% rated current and the operating criterion for pro-
tection is:

64
Chapter 10 Third-harmonic U0 stator earth fault protection

U 3= U n3  K P U t 3  K32 U n3  (13)



I max  20% IG.n 

In the formula, K P is complex number, which is computed via software un-


der the normal operation of generator. K P equalizes the revised the third
harmonic voltage of terminal and neutral point and makes the operating
value of formula, viz. the value of left approaches to zero to achieve the
maximum relative value of variation in the case of earth fault. K 32 is the set-
ting value of third harmonic restraint coefficient, which is decided only by the
error of calculation. It can be a small setting value to benefit fault identifica-
tion.
Zero filter and Fourier arithmetic are adopted for third harmonic voltage. This
method magnifies fundamental filtering ratio to more than 100. And the ratio
is still very high even under the case of electric system’s frequency offset.
In normal cases, any abnormal circuit of terminal and neutral zero-sequence
voltage input can be accurately tested and alarm signals will be sent out for
operator’s treatment.
The logic diagram of third harmonic stator earth protection is shown as fol-
lows.
3rd-harmonic voltage
SEFP is ON 3rd-harmonic voltage ratio
& SEFP trip/Alarm
 (t)
U
 K 31 (Volt Ratio Trip/Alarm)

t3
& TD2
U (t)
n3

Imax<20%IG.n
Adaptive 3rd-harmonic
Third harmonic voltage
SEFP trip/Alarm
SEFP is ON
(Adapt 3har Trip/Alarm)
& TD2
Dynamic adaptive 3rd-
&
harmonic voltage differential
criterion is satisfied

Imax≥20%IG.n

Figure 20 Logic diagram of third harmonic voltage SEFP

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) Setting value of third harmonic voltage ratio K31:
Actually measure the third harmonic voltage ratio of generator from no-load
to 20% load conditions, and select the maximum third harmonic voltage
value  1 from no-load to 20% load conditions. Then K 31  1.3 ~ 1.51 .

65
Chapter 10 Third-harmonic U0 stator earth fault protection

(2) Third harmonic restraint coefficient K32:

It is typically set as 0.3~0.6.


Under the condition of 20% load, K32 should be a relatively low value when
the actual measurement of U 3n is high. And K32 should meet the require-
ment of sensitivity.

(3) Third harmonic earth delay TD2:

TD2 value should cooperate with system earth protection.

3. Input and output signals


3rd-harmonic U0 voltage
SEFP protection

IG Startup

Un 3Har U0 SEFP Trp

3Har U0 SEFP Alm


Ut

Figure 21 Generator 3rd harmonic voltage SEFP

Table 41 Analog input list of 3rd harmonic voltage SEFP

Analog input Description


IG Generator current input
Zero-sequence voltage from generator neu-
Un
tral-point VT
Zero-sequence voltage from generator termi-
Ut
nal VT

Table 42 Output list of 3rd harmonic voltage SEFP

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
3Har U0 SEFP Trip 3rd harmonic voltage SEFP protection trip
3rd harmonic voltage SEFP protection send
3Har U0 SEFP Alm
alarm signal

66
Chapter 10 Third-harmonic U0 stator earth fault protection

4. Settings
Table 43 Setting value list of 3rd-harmonic zero-sequence voltage SEFP

No Name Meaning Range Unit

3Har Restraint 3rd-harmonic zero-voltage restraint


1 0.2~20
Coef coefficient
3Har Voltage Ra-
2 3rd-harmonic zero voltage ratio 0.5~20
tio
3rd-harmonic zero-voltage SEFP time
3 T_3Har U0 SEFP 0.1~30 s
T

Table 44 Control-word of 3rd-harmonic zero-sequence voltage SEFP

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
3rd harmonic zero-sequence
3Har U0 SEFP voltage SEFP is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
3rd harmonic zero-sequence
3Har U0 SEFP voltage SEFP acts to trip.
2 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal

5. Report
Table 45 Event report of 3rd - harmonic voltage SEFP

Report Description
Adaptive 3rd-harmonic stator earth fault protec-
Adapt 3har Trip
tion(SEFP) trip
Stator earth fault protection (SEFP) trip using
Volt Ratio Trip
3rd-harmonic voltage ratio
Adaptive 3rd-harmonic stator earth fault protec-
Adapt 3Har Alarm
tion(SEFP) signal
Stator earth fault protection (SEFP) signal using
Volt Ratio Alarm
3rd-harmonic voltage ratio

67
Chapter 10 Third-harmonic U0 stator earth fault protection

6. Technical data
Stator earth fault protection of 3rd harmonic voltage principle
(1) Setting range of restraint coefficient in adaptive 3 rd harmonic voltage protection
is 0.2~20. The permissive error of setting value is ±10%.
(2) Setting range of 3rd harmonic voltage ratio is 0.5~2. The permissive error of
setting value is ±5%.
(3) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. Its permissive error is less than ±1% or ±40ms
at 1.2 times of setting value.

68
Chapter 11 Zero-sequence I0 stator earth fault protection

Chapter 11 Zero-sequence current


stator earth fault
protection (SEFP)

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator zero-sequence current
stator earth fault protection (SEFP), including its principle,
input and output signals, setting values, reports and so on.

69
Chapter 11 Zero-sequence I0 stator earth fault protection

1. Protection principle
Fundamental zero-sequence current stator earth fault protection (SEFP) is
suitable for low-capacity generator with zero-sequence current transformer in
its terminal outgoing lines. Generally the generator is directly connected to
busbar. The protection can be used as 100% SEFP. Its judgment criterion of
protection is:
3I 0  I 0 S 
 (14)
I max  I phS 

In which, 3I 0 is zero-sequence current, I max is the maximum phase current


of generator terminal of neutral point (optional). I 0S and I phS are setting
values of zero-sequence current and phase current respectively.
The logic diagram of zero-sequence current stator earth fault protection is
shown as follows
First-harmonic zero-sequence
First-harmonic zero-sequence
current SEFP is ON
current SEFP
3I0>I0S & TD (1HarI0 SEFP Trip/Alm)

Imax>Iphs

Figure 22 Logic diagram of zero-sequence current SEFP

Note:
Setting value of fundamental zero-sequence current I0S and operating time
TD: I0S should ensure the sensitivity of inner stator earth fault, and the relia-
bility of outer fault. Delay TD is set according to the requirements of earth fault
in the range of zero current SEFP.

70
Chapter 11 Zero-sequence I0 stator earth fault protection

2. Input and output signals


Zero-sequence current
SEFP protection

I0Z Startup

1HarI0 SEFP Trip

1HarI0 SEFP Alm

Figure 23 1st-harmonic zero-sequence current SEFP

Table 46 Analog input list of 1st-harmonic zero-sequence current SEFP

Analog input Description


I0Z Zero-sequence current for I0 SEFP protection

Table 47 Output list of 1st-harmonic zero-sequence current SEFP protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
1HarI0 SEFP Trip 1st-harmonic zero-sequence current SEFP trip
1HarI0 SEFP Alm 1st-harmonic zero-sequence current SEFP act to alarm

3. Settings
Table 48 Setting value list of 1st-harmonic zero-sequence current SEFP

No Name Meaning Range Unit

1st-harmonic zero-sequence cur-


1 I0_1Har SEFP 0.001~10 A
rent setting value
I_Phase Cur
2 Block phase-current setting value 0.1IGn ~20 IGn A
Block
1st-harmonic zero-sequence cur-
3 T_1Har I0 SEFP 0.1~30 s
rent SEFP time

Note:
If block phase-current is set as 100A, the phase-current block element will be out of
use.

71
Chapter 11 Zero-sequence I0 stator earth fault protection

Table 49 Control-word of 1st-harmonic zero-sequence current SEFP

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
1st harmonic zero-sequence
current SEFP is switched ON.
1 1Har I0 SEFP ON 0 1 0
1 - ON
0 - OFF
1st harmonic zero-sequence
current SEFP acts to trip.
2 1Har I0 SEFP Trip 0 1 0
1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal

4. Report
Table 50 Event & Alarm report of 1st-harmonic zero-sequence current SEFP

Report Description
Stator earth fault protection(SEFP) trip using
1HarI0 SEFP Trip
first-harmonic zero-sequence current
Stator earth fault protection(SEFP) signal using
1Har I0 SEFP Alm
first-harmonic zero-sequence current

72
Chapter 12 Rotor single-point earth fault protection

Chapter 12 Generator rotor single


earth fault protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator rotor single earth fault
protection, including its principle, input and output signals,
setting values, reports, technical data and so on.

73
Chapter 12 Rotor single-point earth fault protection

1. Protection principle
Rotor single-earth (i.e. one-point earth) fault protection reacts the decrease
of rotor to big shaft insulated resistance. The “Toggle” changeable electric
bridge theory is adopted. Its conception is to change the resistance values of
the two arms of bridge via the switchover of electronic switch S1 and S2. The
real-time calculation of rotor single-earth resistance and location can be ob-
tained via finding solutions of circuit equation in three states. The principle of
the measurement circuit of rotor single-earth protection is shown in Figure 24.
In which, S1 and S2 are two controlled electric switches, U1, U2 and U3 are
three voltages to be measured, and Rg is the single-earth resistance of rotor
to big shaft.

Excitation winding
- +

R Rg R
+ - +
S1 R' R' S2
U1 R1 U3 U2

- + -

Figure 24 Measurement circuit of rotor single-earth fault protection


The operating criterion of protection is:
R g  RS (15)

In the formula, R s is the earthing resistance value. The protection includes


two stages setting values, viz. the high setting value stage is of high sensi-
tivity and only for signal, and the low setting value stage is for signal or trip
which can be set.
The switch adopts the most updated MOSFET electronic components and is
characterized as quick in switchover and durable in operation. The protection
is of good self-check function on switch S1 and S2. In addition, since the
rotor single-earth fault protection in changeable electric bridge style has
nothing to do with the position of earthing point and excitation voltage, there
remains very high sensitivity when there is single-earth fault on any location
of rotor winding.
The logic diagram of rotor single-earth fault protection is shown in Figure 25.

74
Chapter 12 Rotor single-point earth fault protection

Rotor single-earth signal of high setting


value stage(RotorEarth H Alm)
Rg<RS1 TZ1

Rotor single-earth signal of low setting


value stage(RotorEarth L Alm)
Or Rotor single-earth protection trip
Rg<RS2 TZ2 (Rotor1Earth Trip)

Figure 25 Logic diagram of rotor single-earth fault protection

Note:
It is defined in the general technical specifications of turbine generator that
the cold insulation of the air-cooled and hydrogen-cooled turbine generator is
no less than 1MΩ and the cold insulation of directly water-cooled excitation
winding is no less than 2kΩ. It is defined in the general technical specifica-
tions of hydro-turbine generator that in no case should the insulated re-
sistance of winding be less than 0.5MΩ.
Attention must be paid to ensure the correct connection between the DC
voltage divider CSN-3 (i.e. filter box) and the positive-negative polar termi-
nals of rotor circuit. CSN-3 is used to transfer the exciting voltage of excita-
tion system to the DC voltage acceptable to the protective equipment.
The dual rotor single-earth fault protections in service cannot be adopted at
the same time. Only one set rotor single-earth fault protection of the two sets
can be input for operation while another set for cold backup.

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) Earthing resistance RS1 of high setting value stage:
The setting of RS1 is different due to the cooling method adopted in turbine
generator and hydro-turbine generator. Typically, the hydro-turbine generator
and air-cooled & hydrogen-cooled turbine generator can be set as (10~30)
kΩ; the directly water-cooled excitation winding is typically set as (5~20) kΩ.
(2) Earthing resistance RS2 of low setting value stage:
The setting of RS2 is different due to the cooling method adopted in turbine
generator and hydro-turbine generator. Typically, the hydro-turbine generator
and air-cooled & hydrogen-cooled turbine generator can be set as (5~10) kΩ
or less and the directly water-cooled excitation winding set as 2.5 kΩ or less.

75
Chapter 12 Rotor single-point earth fault protection

(3) Operating time of rotor single-earth fault protection:


Typically, TZ1 can be set as (4~10)s and TZ2 as (1~4)s.

3. Input and output signals


Generator rotor single
earth fault protection

Uex Startup

Rotor1Earth Trip

Rotor Earth Alm

Figure 26 Generator rotor single earth protection

Table 51 Analog input list of rotor single earth protection

Analog input Description


Uex Generator rotor excitation voltage

Table 52 Output list of rotor single earth protection

Signal Description
Startup Rotor single earth protection startup
Rotor1Earth Trip Rotor 1-point earth protection trip
Rotor Earth Alm Alarm signal of rotor 1-point earth protection

4. Settings
Table 53 Setting value list of rotor 1-point earth protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

Earth resistance set R of high


R_1Pt Earth
1 setting value stage in rotor 0.5~50 kΩ
H-Stage
1-point earth proteciton
T_1Pt Earth Act time T of high setting value
2 1~30 s
H-Stage stage

76
Chapter 12 Rotor single-point earth fault protection

R_1Pt Earth Earth resistance set R of low


3 0.5~50 kΩ
L-Stage setting value stage
T_1Pt Earth Act time T of low setting value
4 1~30 s
L-Stage stage

Table 54 Control-word of rotor 1-point earth protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
High setting value stage of rotor
1-point earth protection is
Rotor 1Pt Earth switched ON.
1 0 1 0
H-Stage ON
1 - ON
0 - OFF
Low setting value stage of rotor
Rotor 1Pt Earth earth protection is switched ON.
2 0 1 0
L-Stage ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Low setting value stage of rotor
Rotor 1Pt Earth earth protection acts to trip.
3 0 1 0
L-Stg Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal

Note:
High setting value stage of rotor single-earth protection is fixed as signal. Low
setting value stage can be set as trip or signal.

5. Report
Table 55 Event&Alarm reports of rotor single-earth fault protection

Report Description
Rotor1Earth Trip Rotor single-earth fault protection trip
RotorEarth Start Rotor 1-point earth protection startup
Rotor single-earth fault protection signal of high setting
RotorEarth H Alm
value stage
Rotor single-earth fault protection signal of low setting
RotorEarth L Alm
value stage

77
Chapter 12 Rotor single-point earth fault protection

6. Technical data
Main technical data of rotor earth fault protection are as follows.
(1) Resistance setting range is 0.5kΩ~50kΩ. Its permissive error is less than ±10%
or ±0.5kΩ.
(2) Time setting range is 1.0s~30s. Its permissive error is less than ±1% or ±1s at
80% setting value.

78
Chapter 13 Rotor double-point earth fault protection

Chapter 13 Generator rotor


double-earth fault
protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator rotor double-earth fault
protection, including its principle, input and output signals,
setting values, reports, technical data and so on.

79
Chapter 13 Rotor double-point earth fault protection

1. Protection principle
The protection equipment CSC-306 will automatically input rotor dou-
ble-earth fault protection after the operation of rotor single-earth fault protec-
tion. The 2nd harmonic component of generator terminal positive-sequence
voltage is adopted as judgment criterion for rotor double-earth fault protec-
tion. The operating criterion is:
U 12  U 2S (16)
nd
In the formula, U 12 and U 2 S represent respectively the 2 harmonic com-
ponent and setting value of terminal positive-sequence voltage.
The logic diagram of rotor double-earth fault protection is shown in Figure 27.
Rotor single-earth fault
protection has operated Rotor double-earth fault
Rotor double-earth fault protection trip (Rotor 2Earth Trp)
TZ
protection is ON &
2nd harmonic of terminal
positive-sequence
voltage U12>U2S

Figure 27 Logic diagram of rotor double-earth fault protection

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) Positive-sequence 2nd harmonic voltage U2S:
Generally, the setting value is set according to the actual site status and in
reference to the formula below: U 2S  K relU12max . In the formula, K rel is the
reliable coefficient and can be set as 2.5~3, and U12max is the actual meas-
uring value of positive-sequence 2nd harmonic wave under rated load.
(2) Delay TZ of rotor double-earth fault protection:
TZ is typically set as (0.5~1.0)s to avoid the various disturbance.
(3) As for the generator in class of 100MW and above, shutdown inspection
will be immediately started after rotor one-point earthing. To avoid
mis-function, rotor double-earth fault protection should not be put into use or
set to signal not trip.

80
Chapter 13 Rotor double-point earth fault protection

3. Input and output signals


Generator rotor 2-point
earth protection

UA Startup

UB Rotor2Earth Trip

UC

BI_Rotor 1Pt Earth

Figure 28 Generator rotor 2-point earth protection

Table 56 Analog & Binary input list of rotor 2-point earth protection

Analog & Binary


Description
input
UA Phase A voltage input of generator VT
UB Phase B voltage input of generator VT
UC Phase C voltage input of generator VT
BI_Rotor 1Pt Binary input of rotor single-point earth protec-
Earth tion action

Table 57 Output list of rotor 2-point earth protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
Rotor2Earth Trip Rotor 2-point earth protection trip

81
Chapter 13 Rotor double-point earth fault protection

4. Settings
Table 58 Setting value list of rotor 2-point earth protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

2nd-harmonic negative-sequence
U_2Har Posi-
1 value of generator terminal volt- 0.5~20 V
tiveSequ
age
2 T_Rotor 2Pt Earth Rotor 2-point earth time T 0.1~30 s

Table 59 Control-word of rotor 2-point earth protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator rotor 2-point earth
Rotor 2Pt Earth protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

5. Report
Table 60 Event report of rotor 2-point earth protection

Report Description
Rotor2Earth Trip Rotor 2-point earth protection trip

6. Technical data
Main technical data of rotor 2-point earth protection are as follows.
(1) Setting range of 2nd harmonic in stator positive-sequence voltage is 0.5V~20V.
Its permissive error is less than ±2.5% or ±0.05V.
(2) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. Its permissive error is less than ±1% or ±40ms
at 1.2 times of setting value.

82
Chapter 14 Stator symmetrical overload protection

Chapter 14 Stator symmetrical


overload protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator stator symmetrical over-
load protection, including its principle, input and output sig-
nals, setting values, reports, technical data and so on.

83
Chapter 14 Stator symmetrical overload protection

1. Protection principle
The stator symmetrical overload protection reacts the average heat status of
stator winding. The maximum phase current of CT on generator terminal or
neutral point (optional) is used. The stator symmetrical overload protection is
composed of definite-time part and inverse-time part. The definite-time stator
overload protection is set with one stage and it is generally set to reduce
power output or signal.
The inverse-time characteristic curve is composed of three parts, viz. lower
section, inverse-time section and upper section. Starting value is set in lower
section. Protected generator begins to accumulate heat when current value
is more than the starting value. It radiates heat when current value is less
than the starting value and heat has been accumulated before. The in-
verse-time operating criterion of stator symmetrical overload protection is:
I max  I12 

 2 2
 
I max I Ge   1  t  K1 
(17)

In the formula, t represents the delay element of protection,  1 represents


the radiating coefficient in the course of stator winding heating (per-unit val-
ue), and K 1 represents the constant of thermal capacity in stator winding.

Stator winding inverse-time characteristic curve is shown in Figure 29. In


which, I12 and T12 represent respectively the setting value of inverse-time
lower current and operating time, I13 and T13 represent respectively the
inverse-time upper section current and operating time.

Imax
I13

I12

T13 T12 t(s)

Figure 29 Stator symmetrical overload inverse-time characteristic curve

84
Chapter 14 Stator symmetrical overload protection

The logic diagram of stator symmetrical overload protection is shown in Fig-


ure 30.
Maximum value of 3 phase Signal for symmetrical overload
stator currents Imax>I11 protection(Symmetr OvLd Alm)
& T11
Stator symmetrical
overload protection is ON
Maximum value of 3 phase Inverse time-delay stage overload
stator currents Imax>I12 protection trip (Inv-T Symme OvLd)
&
Stator symmetrical
overload protection is ON

Figure 30 Logic diagram of stator symmetrical overload protection

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) Definite-time stator symmetrical overload part:
The definite-time stator overload current is set in the condition of reliable re-
turn under allowable long-term load current of generator. The calculating
formula is: I11= K rel I Ge , in which, K rel is reliable coefficient and set as 1.05
Kr
generally, and K r is return coefficient and set as 0.85~0.95. Generally,
I11=1.15 I Ge .

The definite-time stator symmetrical overload delay T11 is set as to avoid the
maximum delay of backup protection.
(2) Inverse-time stator overload part:
The operating characteristics of inverse-time part are determined by the
overload capacity allowed by stator winding as provided by generator man-
ufacturer.
Starting current I12 is set to fit with the definite-time overload protective cur-
rent I11. The calculating formula is: I12  K co I11 , in which, K co is the fitting
coefficient and set as 1.05 generally; as for others, same as above. Typically,
I12=1.2 I Ge .

The delay T12 of lower section is automatically calculated as Formula 17.


The current and delay of upper section are automatically calculated via
software.

The heat-radiating coefficient  1 of stator winding reflects the heat-radiating

85
Chapter 14 Stator symmetrical overload protection

effect of generator. The heat-radiating coefficient  1 of stator winding is set


as the long-term allowable current per-unit value of generator. It is set as
1  1 generally.

The constant value of thermal capacity in stator winding K1 is set according to


the heating capacity of stator winding. Corresponding parameter should be
obtained from generator manufacturer. If it has not been obtained from the
manufacturer, we can set K1=37.5 when the generator capacity is no more
than 1200MVA

3. Input and output signals


Stator symmetrical
overload protection

IA Startup
Symmetr OvLd Trp
IB
Symmetr OvLd Alm
IC

Figure 31 Stator symmetrical overload protection

Table 61 Analog input list of stator symmetrical overload protection

Analog input Description


IA Phase A current input of generator CT
IB Phase B current input of generator CT
IC Phase C current input of generator CT

Table 62 Output list of stator symmetrical overload protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
Stator symmetrical overload protection trip, with inverse
symmetr OvLd Trp time-delay stage
Symmetr OvLd Alm Signal for symmetrical overload protection

86
Chapter 14 Stator symmetrical overload protection

4. Settings
Table 63 Setting value list of stator symmetrical overload protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

Current set I of definite-time


1 I_SymmetrOvLd Def-T stage of symmetrical overload 0.1IGn~20IGn A
protection
Time set T of definite-time stage
2 T_SymmetrOvLd Def-T of symmetrical overload protec- 0~30 S
tion
Startup current I of inverse-time
3 I_InvT Start SymmeOL 0.1IGn~20IGn A
stage
Radiate coefficient of stator
4 Stator RadiateCoef 1~3
winding
Thermal-capacity coefficient of
5 Stator Thermal Coef 1~99
stator winding

Table 64 Control-word of stator symmetrical overload protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator stator symmetrical
overload protection is switched
Symmetric Over- ON.
1 0 1 0
load Prot ON
1 - ON
0 - OFF
Stator symmetrical overload
protection of definite-time stage
Symme OvLd acts to stage reduce output of
2 Def-T Reduce- 0 1 0 generator
Power 1 – act to reduce output of gen-
erator
0 – act to signal

5. Report
Table 65 Event & Alarm report of symmetrical overload protection

Report Description
Symmetrical overload protection trip with inverse
Inv-T Symme OvLd
time-delay stage

87
Chapter 14 Stator symmetrical overload protection

Report Description
Symmetr OvLd Alm Signal for symmetrical overload protection

6. Technical data
Main technical data of stator symmetrical overload protection are as follows.
(1) Definite-time symmetrical overload part
(a) Current setting range is 1.0I e ~ 10I e . The permissive error is ±2.5% or
±0.02 I n .

(b) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is more than 0.95.
(c) Time setting range is 1.0s~30s. Its permissive error is less than ±1% or
±40ms at 1.2 times of setting value.
(2) Inverse-time symmetrical overload part
(a) Long time delay can be set up to 1000s.
(d) Setting range of starting current is 1.0I e ~ 10I e . The permissive error is
±2.5% or ±0.02 I n .

(b) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is more than 0.95.
(c) Setting range of radiating coefficient is 1~3.
(d) Setting range of heat-capacity coefficient is 1~99.
(e) The error between operating time and calculating time of inverse-time
symmetrical overload protection is less than ±1% or ±25ms.

Note: I e means secondary rated current of generator, and I n means rated


current of CSC-306 IED.

88
Chapter 15 Unsymmetrical overload protection

Chapter 15 Unsymmetrical overload


protection
(viz. Rotor surface negative-sequence
overload protection)

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator unsymmetrical overload
protection (viz. rotor surface negative-sequence overload
protection), including its principle, input and output signals,
setting values, reports, technical data and so on.

89
Chapter 15 Unsymmetrical overload protection

1. Protection principle
The generator unsymmetrical overload protection (viz. rotor surface nega-
tive-sequence overload protection) reacts the negative-sequence current
value of stator winding and protects the rotors of generator against overheat
of surface. The protection is composed of definite-time part and inverse-time
part. The definite-time section is used to signal and the inverse-time char-
acteristic curve is composed of three parts, viz. lower section, inverse-time
section and upper section. Inverse-time section is started up when the nega-
tive-sequence current is more than lower starting value. The protection acts
when the inverse-time heat accumulation value is more than the setting
value of heat accumulation. When the negative-sequence current is less than
the lower starting value, the accumulated heat is radiated in the process of
radiation.
The operating criterion for the inverse-time part of negative-sequence over-
load protection is:
I 2  I 22 

 
I 2 I Ge 2  I 2 2  t  A2 
(18)

In the formula, t is the protective delay element, I 2 is the allowable nega-


tive-sequence current for long-term operation of generator (per-unit value),
and A2 is the caloric constant reflecting the capability of rotor’s surface
enduring negative-sequence current.
The negative-sequence inverse-time characteristic curve is shown in Figure
32, in which, I 22 and T22 represent the setting value of negative-sequence
inverse-time starting current and the operating time of lower section, I 23
and T23 represent respectively the inverse-time upper current and operating
time.
Both generator terminal CT and neutral point CT can be used (optional).
When CT failure occurs in the selected CT, the protection equipment will
switch to the other normal CT automatically.

90
Chapter 15 Unsymmetrical overload protection

I2
I23

I22

T23 T22 t(s)

Figure 32 Negative-sequence overload inverse-time characteristic curve


The logic diagram of negative-sequence overload of generator is shown in
Figure 33.

Negative current I2 > I21 Signal for unsymmetrical overload


protection(Unsymme OvLd Alm)
& T21
Unsymmetrical overload
protection is ON
Inverse time-delay stage
Negative current I2 > I22 unsymmetrical overload protection
trip (Inv-T Unsym OvLd)
&
Unsymmetrical overload
protection is ON

Figure 33 Logic diagram of negative-sequence overload protection

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) Definite-time negative-sequence overload part:
Definite-time negative-sequence current setting values should be set to en-
sure reliable return as the allowable negative-sequence current for long-term
operation of generator I 2 (per-unit value). The formula is: I 21= K rel I 2 IG.n , in
Kr

which, K rel is reliable coefficient and typically set as 1.2; K r is return coef-
ficient and typically set as 0.85~0.95; and I 2 is the per-unit value of al-
lowable negative-sequence current in long-term operation of generator.
Generally, I 21  0.1IG.n .

The definite-time negative-sequence overload delay T21 is generally set as to


avoid the maximum delay of backup protection.
(2) Inverse-time negative-sequence overload part:
The operating characteristics of inverse-time part are decided by the over-
load capability allowed by the rotor surface negative-sequence. It is provided

91
Chapter 15 Unsymmetrical overload protection

by generator manufacturer.
The starting current I 22 is calculated under the condition that the maximum

delay of lower section T22 is 1000s, viz. I 22= A2 +I 22  I Ge . It can be set as
1000
0.15 I Ge for electric power system without unsymmetrical load. T22 is auto-
matically calculated via software.
The current and delay of upper section are automatically calculated via
software inside the protection.

I 2  (per-unit value) is set according to the allowable negative-sequence


current in the long-term operation of generator.
The heat-radiating constant of rotor A2 is provided by the manufacturer of
generator.

Note:
If the turbine generator’s loads of three phases are unsymmetrical and the
current of each phase does not exceed the rated current I G.n , the generator
will work continuously only when the ratio I 2 I G.n meets the requirements in
following Table. In which, I 2 and I G.n are respectively negative-sequence
current and the rated current. When an unsymmetrical fault occurs, the
 I2 I G.n  t in fault operation should meet the require-
2
maximum value of
ments in following Table..

Table 66 Maximum value of I 2 I G.n in continuous operation of turbine gener-


 I2 I G.n  t in fault operation
2
ator and maximum value of
Capacity of
 I2 I G .n  t
2
Maximum value of I 2 I G.n Maximum value of
generator which
rotor is cooled when generator continuously when generator is in fault
directly operate operation

≤350MVA 0.08 8

>350~900MVA SG.n  350 8  0.00545  SG.n  350 


0.08 
>900~1250MVA 3 104 5
>1250~1600MVA 0.05 5

Note: S Ge is the rated apparent power capacity of generator in MVA.

92
Chapter 15 Unsymmetrical overload protection

3. Input and output signals


Generator unsymmetrical
overload protection

IA Startup
Unsymme OvLd Trp
IB
Unsymme OvLd Alm
IC

Figure 34 Generator unsymmetrical overload protection

Table 67 Analog nput list of unsymmetrical overload protection

Analog input Description


IA Phase A current input of generator CT
IB Phase B current input of generator CT
IC Phase C current input of generator CT

Table 68 Output list of unsymmetrical overload protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
Unsymmetrical overload protection trip, with inverse time-delay
Unsymme OvLd Trp stage
Unsymme OvLd Alm Signal for unsymmetrical overload protection

4. Settings
Table 69 Setting value list of unsymmetrical overload protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

Current set I of definite-time stage of


1 I_UnsymmeOvLd Def-T 0.08IGn~20IGn A
unsymmetrical overload protection
Time set T of definite-time stage of
2 T_UnsymmeOvLd Def-T 0~30 s
unsymmetrical overload protection
Startup current I of inverse-time
3 I_InvT Start UnsymOL 0.08IGn~20IGn A
stage

93
Chapter 15 Unsymmetrical overload protection

Negative-sequence current multiple


4 NegSeq Cur Multiple 0.08~1 (per-unit)
of long-term permissive value
Rotor negative-sequence heat coef-
5 Rotor Neg HeatCoef 1~99
ficient

Note: IGn represents rated secondary value of generator protection CT, 5A or 1A.

Table 70 Control-word of unsymmetrical overload protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator unsymmetrical over-
Unsymmetrical load protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
OvLd Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

5. Report
Table 71 Event & Alarm report of unsymmetrical overload protection

Report Description
Unsymmetrical overload protection trip with inverse
Inv-T Unsym OvLd
time-delay stage
Unsymme OvLd
Signal for unsymmetrical overload protection
Alm

6. Technical data
Main technical data of unsymmetrical overload protection are as follows.
(1) Definite-time symmetrical overload part
(a) Setting range of negative-sequence current is 0.05I e ~ 1.0I e . The permis-
sive error is ±2.5% or ±0.02 I n .

(b) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is more than 0.95.
(c) Time setting range is 1.0s~30s. Its permissive error is less than ±1% or
±40ms at 1.2 times of setting value.
Note: I e means secondary rated current of generator, and I n means rated
current of CSC-306 IED.

94
Chapter 15 Unsymmetrical overload protection

(2) Inverse-time unsymmetrical overload part


(a) Long time delay can be set up to 1000s.
(b) Setting range of long-term sufferable negative-sequence current multiple is
0.05~0.5. The permissive error is ±5%.
(c) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is more than 0.95.
(d) Setting range of heat-capacity coefficient is 1~20.
(e) The error between operating time and calculating time of inverse-time un-
symmetrical overload protection is less than ±5% or ±25ms.

95
Chapter 16 Excitation winding overload protection

Chapter 16 Excitation winding (viz.


rotor) overload
protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator excitation winding (viz.
rotor) overload protection, including its principle, input and
output signals, setting values, reports, technical data and so
on.

96
Chapter 16 Excitation winding overload protection

1. Protection principle
Excitation winding (viz. rotor) overload protection is composed of defi-
nite-time part and inverse-time part. The definite-time rotor overload protec-
tion is set with one stage and it is generally set to reduce excitation or signal.
The inverse-time characteristic curve is composed of three parts, viz. lower
section, inverse-time section and upper section. The protection uses rotor
circuit current, either Group 1 CT or Group 2 CT of exciting system (optional).
The first group 1 CT of exciting system is that in high-voltage (HV) side of
exciting transformer or neutral point side of magnetizing exciter. The second
group CT of exciting system is that in low-voltage (LV) side of exciting
transformer or terminal of magnetizing exciter.
The current frequency can be 50Hz or 100Hz. Current starting value is set in
the lower section. When rotor current is more than the starting value, the
rotor overload begins to accumulate heat, and when the current is less than
the starting current and heat has been accumulated before, the rotor over-
load of begins to radiate heat. The inverse-time operating criterion for the
rotor overload protection is:
I L max  I L 2 

 I   1  t  C 
2 (19)
 L max
I Le   L
  
In the formula, I Le is the rated circuit current of rotor and CL is the constant
of thermal capacity of rotor winding.
The rotor overload inverse-time characteristic curve is shown in Figure 35, in
which, I L 2 and TL 2 represent respectively the inverse-time starting current
and lower section operating time, and I L3 and TL3 represent respectively
the inverse-time upper current and operating time.

97
Chapter 16 Excitation winding overload protection

ILmax
IL3

IL2

TL3 TL2 t(s)

Figure 35 Inverse-time characteristic curve of rotor overload protection

The logic diagram of rotor overload protection is shown as follows.


Signal for rotor overload
ILmax>IL1
protection(Rotor OvLd Alarm)
& TL1
Rotor overload
protection is ON Inverse time-delay stage
rotor overload protection trip
ILmax>IL2
& (Inv-T Rotor OvLd)
Rotor overload
protection is ON

Figure 36 Logic diagram of rotor overload protection

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) Definite-time rotor overload part:
The definite-time rotor overload current is set in the condition of reliable re-
turn under rated excitation current when generator is in normal work. The
calculating formula is: K rel I Le , in which, K rel is the reliable coefficient
I L1 
Kr

and set as 1.05 generally; K r is the return coefficient and generally set as
0.85~0.95. The typical setting value is 1.15 I Le , which should operate reliably
in the case of forced excitation.
The setting value TL1 is set as the maximum delay that avoids the backup
protection and typically as 10s when it functions on signal. When it functions
to reduce excitation current or trip, the delay is slightly more than the allow-
able time of forced excitation.
(2) Rotor overload inverse-time part:
The operating characteristics of inverse-time part are determined by the rotor

98
Chapter 16 Excitation winding overload protection

overload capability as provided by generator manufacturer.


The inverse-time rotor overload starting current I L 2 is internally fixed. It is
equal to the setting value I L1 of definite-time rotor overload protection. Viz,
when the definite-time stage acts to signal, the inverse-time stage will start at
the same time. TL 2 is automatically calculated via software.

The current and delay of upper section are automatically calculated via
software.
The thermal capacity of rotor winding C L is provided by generator manu-
facturer.

Note:
As for the brushless excitation system, in the process of setting calculation,
the rated exciting voltage of generator and field-forcing ceiling voltage should
be firstly converted into the exciting current side of exciter according to the
relations between the exciting voltage of generator and the exciting current of
exciter. Then relevant calculations can be done after above conversion.

3. Input and output signals


Generator rotor
overload protection

IE1A Startup
IE1B Rotor OvLd Trip
IE1C Rotor OvLd Alarm

IE2A
IE2B
IE2C

Figure 37 Generator rotor overload protection

99
Chapter 16 Excitation winding overload protection

Table 72 Analog nput list of rotor overload protection

Analog input Description


IE1A Phase A current input of excitation CT 1
IE1B Phase B current input of excitation CT 1
IE1C Phase C current input of excitation CT 1
IE2A Phase A current input of excitation CT 2
IE2B Phase B current input of excitation CT 2
IE2C Phase C current input of excitation CT 2

Table 73 Output list of rotor overload protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
Rotor Ovld Trip Excitation winding (viz. rotor) overload protection trip
Rotor Ovld Alarm Signal for rotor overload protection

4. Settings
Table 74 Setting value list of rotor overload protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit Remark

Current set I of defi- 0.1ILn~20ILn


I_Rotor OvLd
1 nite-time stage of rotor A
Def-T (Note)
overload protection
Time set T of definite-time
T_Rotor OvLd
2 stage of rotor overload 0s~30s s
Def-T
protection
I_Rotor Sec Rotor secondary rated
3 0.1ILn~20ILn A
Rated current
If it is set as 100,
Rotor Thermal Rotor thermal-capacity co- inverse-time
4 1~99
Coef efficient stage will be
OFF.

Note:
ILn means secondary rated current of rotor overload protection, viz. 5A or 1A.

100
Chapter 16 Excitation winding overload protection

Table 75 Control-word of rotor overload protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator rotor overload protec-
Rotor OverLoad tion is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Rotor overload protection of
definite-time stage acts to stage
RotorOvLd Def-T reduce excitation
2 0 1 0
ReduceExcite
1 - act to reduce excitation
0 - act to signal
Excitation current in rotor over-
ExciteCur Uses load protection uses Group 2 CT
3 0 1 0
Group2 CT 1 - use Group 2 CT
0 - use Group 1 CT

Note:
“Group 1 CT” means CT in high-voltage (HV) side of exciting transformer or neutral
point side of magnetizing exciter. “Group 2 CT” means in LV side of exciting
transformer or terminal of magnetizing exciter.

5. Report
Table 76 Event & Alarm report of rotor overload protection

Report Description
Rotor overload protection trip with inverse time-delay
Inv-T Rotor OvLd
stage
Rotor OvLd Alarm Signal for rotor overload protection

6. Technical data
Main technical data of rotor overload protection are as follows.
(1) Definite-time rotor overload part
(a) Setting range of rotor current is 1.0 I ~ 2.0 I . Here I means secondary
rated current I fe of magnetizing exciter or I Tfe of exciting transformer.
The permissive error of current setting value is ±2.5%.

101
Chapter 16 Excitation winding overload protection

(b) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is more than 0.95.
(c) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. Its permissive error is less than ±1% or
±40ms at 1.2 times of setting value.

(2) Inverse-time rotor overload part


(a) Long time delay can be set up to 1000s.
(b) Setting range of heat-capacity coefficient is 1~100.
(c) The error between operating time and calculating time of inverse-time un-
symmetrical overload protection is less than ±5% or ±25ms.

102
Chapter 17 Generator over-voltage protection

Chapter 17 Generator over-voltage


protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator over-voltage protection,
including its principle, input and output signals, setting val-
ues, reports, technical data and so on.

103
Chapter 17 Generator over-voltage protection

1. Protection principle
The over voltage protection for generator is used to protect against the over
voltage of stator winding due to various working conditions of generator. The
protection reacts the inter-phase voltage value of generator terminal and is
set with one stage of setting value. It can also be set with two stages of set-
ting values according to project requirements.
The logic diagram of over voltage protection is shown as follows.

Over-voltage Generator over voltage


protection is ON protection trip(Over Volt Trip)
TGY
&
ULmax>UGY

DI “OV Prot Start” 3s

or
OV Prot of
hydrogenerator

Figure 38 Logic diagram of over voltage protection

Note:
The setting values of over voltage protection for generator should be decided
by the allowable over voltage capability or insulation status of stator winding.
It is provided by the generator manufacturer.

Over voltage setting values include operating voltage U OP and delay TOP :

As for the turbine generator of 200MW and above, we can set operating
voltage UOP  1.3UG.n and operating time TOP  0.5s , function on splitting and
field-suppressing generally.
As for hydro-turbine generator, we can set operating voltage UOP  1.5UG.n and
operating time TOP  0.5s , function on splitting and field-suppressing gener-
ally.
As for hydro-turbine generator adopting silicon-controlled excitation, we can
set operating voltage UOP  1.3UG.n and operating time TOP  0.3s , function on
splitting and field-suppressing generally.

104
Chapter 17 Generator over-voltage protection

2. Input and output signals


Generator over-voltage
protection

UA Startup

UB OverVolt Trip

UC

BI_OV Prot Start

Figure 39 Generator over voltage protection

Table 77 Analog & Binary input list of over voltage protection

Analog & Binary


Description
input
UA Phase A voltage input of generator VT
UB Phase B voltage input of generator VT
UC Phase C voltage input of generator VT
BI_ OV Prot Start Binary input to start over-voltage protection

Table 78 Output list of under voltage protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
Over Volt Trip Generator over voltage protection trip

3. Settings
Table 79 Setting value list of generator over-voltage protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

Act voltage set U of over-voltage


1 U_Over Voltage 10~180 V
protection
Act time set T of over-voltage
2 T_Over Voltage 0~30 s
protection

105
Chapter 17 Generator over-voltage protection

Table 80 Control-word of generator voltage protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator over-voltage protec-
OverVoltage Prot tion is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Hydro-generator over-voltage
Hydro-generator protection is switched ON.
2 0 1 0
OV Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

4. Report
Table 81 Event report of over-voltage protection

Report Description
Over Volt Trip Generator voltage-voltage protection trip

5. Technical data
Main technical data of over-voltage protection are as follows.
(1) Voltage setting range is 100V~160V. Its permissive error is less than
±2.5%.
(2) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is more than 0.95.
(3) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. Its permissive error is less than ±1% or
±40ms at 1.2 times of setting value.

106
Chapter 18 Generator under-voltage protection

Chapter 18 Under-voltage protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator under-voltage protection,
including its principle, input and output signals, setting val-
ues, reports, technical data and so on.

107
Chapter 18 Generator under-voltage protection

1. Protection principle
The under-voltage protection for low-capacity generator reacts 3 inter-phase
voltages decrease in generator terminal. Generally, it is blocked by external
contact from automatic manipulating equipment and used as low voltage
splitting equipment. The protection is set with one stage and one delay-time.
The logic diagram of under-voltage protection is shown as follows.
Under-voltage
protection is ON
Generator under-voltage
protection trip(Under Volt Trip)
ULMAX<UQ1 & TUQ

There is under-voltage
digital input (DI).

Figure 40 Logic diagram of generator under-voltage protection

Note:
Under-voltage setting values include operating voltage U Q1 and delay TUQ :

The under-voltage protection is generally used for phase modifier. Its setting
values should be set according to requirements of phase modifier. Typically it
is UQ1   25% ~ 40%UG.n .

2. Input and output signals


Generator under-
voltage protection

UA Startup

UB UnderVolt Trip

UC

BI_UV Blk Cont

Figure 41 Generator under voltage protection

108
Chapter 18 Generator under-voltage protection

Table 82 Analog & Binary input list of under voltage protection

Analog & Binary


Description
input
UA Phase A voltage input of generator VT
UB Phase B voltage input of generator VT
UC Phase C voltage input of generator VT
Binary input of block contact in under-voltage
BI_UV Blk Cont
protection

Table 83 Output list of under voltage protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
UnderVolt Trip Generator under voltage protection trip

3. Settings
Table 84 Setting value list of generator under-voltage protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

Act voltage set U of under


1 U_Under Voltage 10~100 V
-voltage protection
Act time set T of under-voltage
2 T_Under Voltage 0~30 s
protection

Table 85 Control-word of generator under-voltage protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator under-voltage protec-
UnderVoltage tion is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

109
Chapter 18 Generator under-voltage protection

4. Report
Table 86 Event report of under-voltage protection

Report Description
Under Volt Trip Generator under-voltage protection trip

5. Technical data
Main technical data of under-voltage protection are as follows.
(1) Voltage setting range is 10V~100V. Its permissive error is less than ±2.5%.
(2) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is no more than 1.05.
(3) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. Its permissive error is less than ±1% or
±40ms at 80% setting value.

110
Chapter 19 Generator over-excitation protection

Chapter 19 Generator over-excitation


protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator over-excitation protection,
including its principle, input and output signals, setting val-
ues, reports, technical data and so on.

111
Chapter 19 Generator over-excitation protection

1. Protection principle
The over-excitation of generator may occur due to the increase of voltage or
the decrease of frequency. The over-excitation protection can effectively
prevent the damage of generator due to over-excitation. The over-excitation
protection reacts over-excitation multiple to operate. The multiple N is de-
fined as follows:

B U f U*
N   (20)
Be U e f e f*

In the formula, B and Be represent actual magnetic flow and rated mag-
netic flow respectively; U and f represent actual voltage and frequency
respectively; U e and f e represent the reference voltage and rated fre-
quency respectively; U * and f * represent the per-unit values of voltage
and frequency respectively.
Two schemes are included in over-excitation protection. Scheme 1 is com-
posed of two definite-time stages, viz. definite-time alarm signal stage and
tripping stage. Scheme 2 is composed of definite-time part and inverse-time
part. In which, definite-time part is set to signal and the inverse-time, and
operating characteristic curve (as shown in Figure 42) is evenly divided into 7
sections by the input inverse-time lower overexciting multiple and in-
verse-time upper overexciting multiple with each section having a tripping
delay time. The tripping delay time falling into section-to-section space will be
calculated in linear interpolation.

N7

N6

N5

N4

N3

N2

N1

N0

T7 T 6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1 T0 t(s)

Figure 42 Inverse-time characteristic curve of over-excitation protection

112
Chapter 19 Generator over-excitation protection

The logic diagram of over-excitation protection is shown in Figure 43.


Over-excitation multiple Over excitation protection
N > setting value trip(OverExcit Trip)
&
or: Alarm (OverExcit Alm)
Generator over-excitation TX
protection is ON
Over-excitation multiple Over excitation protection
N > Inverse-time starting trip(OverExcit Trip)
threshold value or: Alarm (OverExcit Alm)
&
Generator over-excitation
protection is ON

Figure 43 Logic diagram of over-excitation protection

Note:
As for the generator-transformer bank, the over-excitation protection is in-
stalled on the generator terminal. If the over-excitation characteristics of
generator and transformer are similar (manufacturer should provide the
curve), setting method is as follow: When the LV rated voltage of transformer
is lower than the rated voltage of generator (generally lower 5%), the oper-
ating value of over-excitation protection should be set as the magnetic den-
sity of transformer, thus the transformer is protected and the generator is
safe. On the other hand, if the LV rated voltage of transformer is no less than
the rated voltage of generator, then the operating value of over-excitation
protection should be set as the magnetic density of generator, thus both the
generator and transformer will be protected.
If there is circuit breaker between the generator and transformer and each is
protected against over-excitation respectively, their setting values are set
respectively according to the different over-excitation multiples allowed by
generator and transformer.

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) The over-excitation multiple and delay of each stage for definite-time
over-excitation protection
The definite-time over-excitation protection is typically divided into two stages.
The first stage is for signal and the second for trip. The setting method is il-
lustrated in Figure 44, in which, Curve 1 is the over-excitation curve provided
by generator manufacturer.

113
Chapter 19 Generator over-excitation protection

B’
1.3 B

A’ A
1.1

4 8 10 300 t(s)

Figure 44 Setting example of definite-time over-excitation protection


The operating value N in Stage 1 of over-excitation protection can be 1.1~1.2
times of the rated excitation of generator, and 1.1 times is typically set.
The operating time of Stage 1 should be properly set as the allowable
over-excitation capability.
E.g. if N=1.1, the corresponding allowable delay-time in the curve of Figure
44 is approximately 300s (Point A). The operating time in Stage 1 can be set
as 10s (Point A’). There are still 290s from sending out signal to the allowable
time, and thus the operator will have enough time to handle the
over-excitation of generator. The operating time of the signal stage should
not be too short in order to obviate the unnecessary signaling in the case of
short-time over-excitation of generator. On the other hand it should not be too
long. It will be proper as long as the operator have enough time to handle the
over-excitation of generator.
Stage 2 is for trip and can be set as N=1.25~1.35 times and typically 1.3
times is set. The allowable over-excitation delay-time in the curve of Figure
44 is 8s (Point B). The tripping time can be set as 4s (Point B’). To ensure the
safety of generator, the tripping time can be set as less than allowable time.
In this case, if N=1.29 < 1.30, the signal of over-excitation protection will be
delayed for 10s. Therefore, the definite-time over-excitation protection can-
not fully protect the safety of generator.

(2) Setting of inverse-time over-excitation protection:


The inverse-time over-excitation curve should be set according to in-
verse-time characteristic provided by the generator manufacturer.
To simulate the allowable over-excitation capability curve as provided by

114
Chapter 19 Generator over-excitation protection

generator manufacturer, the 8 setting values are set for over-excitation curve.
As indicated in Figure 45, Curve 1 is the over-excitation curve provided by
manufacturer and Curve 2 is the set over-excitation curve.

N
2 1

t(s)

Figure 45 Example of setting in inverse-time over-excitation protection

3. Input and output signals


Generator over
excitation protection

UA Startup

UB Over Excite Trip


Over Excite Alarm
UC

Figure 46 Generator over excitation protection

Table 87 Analog input list of over excitation protection

Analog input Description


UA Phase A voltage input of generator VT
UB Phase B voltage input of generator VT
UC Phase C voltage input of generator VT

Table 88 Output list of over excitation protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
Over Excite Trip Generator over excitation protection trip
Over Excite Alm Alarm signal for over-excitation protection

115
Chapter 19 Generator over-excitation protection

4. Settings
Table 89 Setting value list of over-excitation protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit Remark


U_OvExcite Ref Over-excitation refer-
1 10~120 V
LineV ence line voltage U
If it is set as 2, alarm
OverExcit Alm Mul- Over-excitation multiple stage of
2 1.0~1.6
tip of alarm stage over-excitation pro-
tection will be OFF.
Over-excitation act time
3 T_OverExcite Alarm 0~6000 s
T of alarm stage
If it is set as 2, trip-
Over-excitation multiple ping stage of
4 OverExcit TripMultip 1.0~1.6
of tripping stage over-excitation pro-
tection will be OFF.
Over-excitation act time
5 T_OverExcite Trip 0~6000 s
T of tripping stage
If it is set as 2, in-
InvTime Lower Mul- Lower multiple of in- verse-time stage of
6 1.0~1.6
tip verse-time stage the protection will
be OFF.
InvTime Upper Mul- Upper multiple of in-
7 1.0~1.6
tip verse-time stage
Lower act time of in-
8 T_InvTime Lower 0~6000 s
verse-time stage
Act time of Point 1 in
9 T_InvTime Point1 0~6000 s
inverse-time stage
Act time of Point 2 in
10 T_InvTime Point2 0~6000 s
inverse-time stage
Act time of Point 3 in
11 T_InvTime Point3 0~6000 s
inverse-time stage
Act time of Point 4 in
12 T_InvTime Point4 0~6000 s
inverse-time stage
Act time of Point 5 in
13 T_InvTime Point5 0~6000 s
inverse-time stage
Act time of Point 6 in
14 T_InvTime Point6 0~6000 s
inverse-time stage
Upper act time of in-
15 T_InvTime Upper 0~6000 s
verse-time stage

116
Chapter 19 Generator over-excitation protection

Table 90 Control-word of over-excitation protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator over-excitation protection
is switched ON.
1 OverExcite Prot ON 0 1 0
1 - ON
0 - OFF
Generator over-excitation protection
of alarm stage acts to stage reduce
OvExcit Alm Stg Re- excitation
2 0 1 0
duceExcite
1 - act to reduce excitation
0 - act to signal

5. Report
Table 91 Event & alarm reports of over excitation protection

Report Description
Over Excite Trip Generator over excitation protection trip
Over Excite Alm Alarm signal for over-excitation protection

6. Technical data
Main technical data of over excitation protection are as follows.
(1) Definite-time over excitation part
(a) Applicable frequency range is 20Hz~65Hz.
(b) Setting range of reference voltage is 80V~120V.
(c) Setting range of over-excitation multiple is 1.0~1.6. Its permissive error
is ±2.5%.
(d) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is more than 0.96.
(e) Time setting range is 0.1s~6000s. Its permissive error is less than ±1%
or ±70ms at 1.2 times of setting value.
(2) Inverse-time over excitation part
(a) Applicable frequency range is 20Hz~65Hz.
(a) Setting range of reference voltage is 80V~120V.
(b) Long time delay can be set up to 6000s.

117
Chapter 19 Generator over-excitation protection

(c) Setting range of over-excitation multiple of various points in in-


verse-time curve is 1.0~1.6. Its permissive is ±2.5%.
(d) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is more than 0.96.
(e) The error between operating time and calculating time of in-
verse-time over-excitation protection is less than ±5% or ±70ms.

118
Chapter 20 Generator reverse-power protection

Chapter 20 Generator reverse-power


protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator reverse power protection,
including its principle, input and output signals, setting val-
ues, reports, technical data and so on.

119
Chapter 20 Generator reverse-power protection

1. Protection principle
1.1 Reverse power protection with ordinary trip mode
Reverse-power protection is to prevent the damage of turbine blade due to
overheat when the turbine generator shuts down in a sudden and generator
acts as electric motor. The reverse-power protection is set with one stage
and two time-limits, viz. short delay for signal and long delay for trip.
The reverse-power protection voltage uses generator terminal voltage VT. To
ensure the accuracy of current measurement, measurement-level CT and
protection-level CT are adopted in AC module of CSC-306 at the same time.
They are switched to use automatically. The measurement-level CT sampling
channel is selected under the case of weak current and the protection-level
CT channel is adopted in the case of strong current. Multiple-angle com-
pensation is also used to ensure the high accuracy of active power meas-
urement in the wide reactive range. The accuracy is up to 0.5%.
Two-wattmeter measuring method is used in calculation of active power, i.e.:
   
P  ReU AB I A  U CB I C  (21)
 

The reverse-power protection will be blocked in the case of VT failure.

1.2 Reverse power protection with sequential trip mode


Generally, the generator protection adopts reverse-power sequential trip
mode in rotor overload, loss-of-excitation and some other abnormal condi-
tions. Reverse-power relay used as sequential trip mode is output in AND
gate with closed contact of main throttle valve.

1.3 Logic diagram


The logic diagram of reverse-power protection for generator is shown as
follows..

120
Chapter 20 Generator reverse-power protection

Signal stage of reverse-


power protection is ON
Alarm for reverse power
Reverse power -P > & protection(RevPower Alm)
TN1
Generator terminal TV fails and
blocks reverse-power relay

Long time stage of reverse-


power protection is ON
Reverse power protection
Reverse power -P > & trip(RevPower Trip)
TN2
Generator terminal TV fails and
blocks reverse-power relay

Sequential-trip reverse
power protection is ON Sequential-trip reverse power
protection trip(SeqRevPower Trip)
reverse-power -P > & TN

There is digital input(DI) of


main steam valve closed

Figure 47 Logic diagram of reverse-power protection for generator

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) Setting value of reverse-power protection
The calculating formula of reverse-power operating value is: NP  K rel ( P1  P2 ) ,
in which, K rel is reliable coefficient and set as 0.5~0.8; P1 is the minimum
loss of turbine generator under reverse-power working conditions and is
typically set as 2%~4% of the rated power; P2 is the minimum loss of gen-
erator under reverse-power working conditions and is typically set as
P2  (1  ) PG.n , in which,  is the generator efficiency and typically set as
98.6%~98.7% (corresponding to the 300MW and 600MW generator respec-
tively, or following the parameters provided by the generator manufacturer);
PG.n is the secondary rated power of generator.

The setting value can typically be set as (1%~3%) PG.n .

(2) Delay element:


If the main steam valve contact BI is used, reverse-power protection acts
after delay of (1.0~1.5)s to split generator. If the main steam valve contact BI
is not used, it acts after delay of 15s to send out signal.
According to the reverse-power operating time allowed in turbine generator,

121
Chapter 20 Generator reverse-power protection

the long delay-time stage can act to split and is typically set as (1~3) minutes.
As for the turbine generator with bypass pipe, the time can be set as about
10 minutes.
The reverse-power protection of gas turbine generator and diesel generator
is to prevent the explosion or fire from unburnt combustibles. The required
reverse power for the generator set working in electric-motor status is
roughly estimated as the percentage of nameplate value (kW), viz. 50% for
gas turbine generator and 25% for diesel generator.

3. Input and output signals


Generator reverse
power protection

IA Startup
IB RevPower Trip
IC SeqRevPower Trip
RevPower Alarm
UA
UB
UC

BI_M-throttle Stat

Figure 48 Generator reverse power protection

Table 92 Analog & Binary input list of reverse power protection

Analog & Binary


Description
input
IA Phase A current input of generator CT
IB Phase B current input of generator CT
IC Phase C current input of generator CT
UA Phase A voltage input of generator VT
UB Phase B voltage input of generator VT
UC Phase C voltage input of generator VT
Binary input of generator’s main throttle-valve
BI_M-throttle Stat
station

122
Chapter 20 Generator reverse-power protection

Table 93 Output list of reverse power protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
RevPower Trip Reverse power protection trip
SeqRevPower Trip Sequential-trip reverse power protection trip
RevPower Alarm Signal for reverse power protection

4. Settings
Table 94 Setting value list of reverse power protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

ReversePower Per-
1 Percent of reverse power (1~100)%
cent
T_ReversePower Reverse power alarm stage time
2 0.1~30 s
Alarm T
3 T_ReversePower Trip Reverse power trip stage time T 0.1~2000 s

Table 95 Control-word of reverse power protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator reverse-power protection
ReversePower of alarm stage is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Alarm Stage ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Generator reverse-power protection
ReversePower Trip of trip stage is switched ON.
2 0 1 0
Stage ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

Table 96 Setting value list of sequence-tripping reverse power protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

SequReverPwr Percent of sequence-tripping reverse


1 (1~100)%
Percent power
T_SeqTrip Act time T of sequence-tripping re-
2 0.1~30 s
RevPower verse power

123
Chapter 20 Generator reverse-power protection

Table 97 Control-word of sequence-tripping reverse power protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Sequence-tripping reverse power
SequReverPower protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON
1 - ON 0 - OFF

5. Report
Table 98 Event & alarm reports of loss-of-excitation protection

Report Description
RevPower Trip Reverse power protection trip
SeqRevPower Trip Sequential-trip reverse power protection trip
ReversePower Alm Signal for reverse power protection

6. Technical data
Main technical data of reverse power protection are as follows.

(3) Setting range of active power is (1.0%~50%) PG.n .

(4) Return coefficient (i.e. drop-off to pick-up ratio) is more than 0.9.
(5) Minimum setting value of active power is less than 10W which is secondary
three-phase power at 5A rated current. Its permissive error is ±10%.

Note: PG.n means rated active power of generator here and hereafter.

124
Chapter 20 Generator reverse-power protection

Chapter 21 Loss of excitation


protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator loss-of-excitation protec-
tion, including its principle, input and output signals, setting
values, reports, technical data and so on.

125
Chapter 21 Generator loss-of-excitation protection

1. Protection principle
When loss-of-excitation occurs due to the fault of exciting system, the
measured reactance of generator, exciting voltage, reactive exchange be-
tween generator and the system will all differ from the normal working condi-
tions. So the loss-of-excitation protection is formed with stator judgment cri-
terion, rotor judgment criterion and reverse reactive criterion according to
these variances mentioned above.
Furthermore, loss-of-excitation protection is also supplemented with auxiliary
voltage (i.e. house-service voltage) decrease and busbar voltage decrease
judgment criterion. The criterions of each module can be flexibly selected
and set via value setting as required in the project.

1.1 Stator judgment criterion


The impedance characteristics of stator judgment criterion can be selected
as static steady boundary circle or asynchronous impedance circle as shown
in Figure 49.

jX jX
XA

0 0
R -XA
R
-Q -Q

-XB -XB

A Static-steady boundary B Asynchronous impedance


circle characteristic circle characteristic

Figure 49 Boundary characteristics of loss-of-excitation protection


Impedance characteristics can be positioned anywhere on complex plane.
The impedance operating formula of static-steady boundary circle is:
Z J  jX B
270  Arg  90 (22)
Z J  jX A
In the formula, Z J represents the measured impedance.

To prevent the mis-function of loss-of-excitation protection due to the meas-


ured impedance entering into the operating circle characteristics under other
cases of no loss-of-excitation, the relevant VT failure measures are taken. To
avoid the impact from system oscillation, the delay element is set.
The generator impedance is obtained through the calculation of terminal VT

126
Chapter 21 Generator loss-of-excitation protection

and terminal or neutral CT (optional). The voltage and current adopt zero
wiring, that is U AB and I A  IB .

In the case that generator may have condensive load work condition (leading
phase-angle), the static-steady impedance circle setting may not satisfy the
requirement. Then generally, the reactive leading phase criterion can be
adopted to avoid the leading phase operating zone and the reverse reactive
value can be set. Or asynchronous impedance circle characteristic is used.

1.2 Rotor judgment criterion


We can choose equi-excitation voltage criterion or variable excitation voltage
criterion as required.
The operating equation for the equi-excitation voltage criterion is:
U f  U fl (23)

In the formula, U f is the exciting voltage of generator and U fl is the setting


value of the exciting voltage for generator equi-excitation criterion.
The operating equation for the variable excitation voltage criterion is:
U f  K f P  Pt  

 (24)
U f  U fl 

In the formula, P is the active power of generator, Pt is the salient pole
power of generator, and K f is the variable excitation voltage criterion coef-
ficient.
Equi-excitation voltage criterion is added to variable excitation criterion to
ensure reliable operation of loss-of-excitation protection in the case of total
loss-of-excitation when the generator bank works under zero load and light
load with P  Pt . The two criterions form “OR” gates, whose operating char-
acteristics curve on Uf P plane is shown in Figure 50.

Uf
variable excitation
voltage criterion
equi-excitation
voltage criterion
Operating area

o Pt P

Uf P
Figure 50 operating characteristics curve

127
Chapter 21 Generator loss-of-excitation protection

1.3 Reverse reactive judgment criterion


The generator transfers reactive power to system in the process of normal
work condition and absorbs reactive power from system in the case of loss of
excitation. At this time reverse reactive power occurs.
Q  Qz (25)

1.4 Low voltage judgment criterion


To avoid the collapse of electric system voltage or threat to the safety of
house-service power system caused by generator loss-of-excitation, the
protection equipment is set with low voltage judgment criterion. The voltages
adopt the main transformer high-voltage (HV) busbar VT and generator ter-
minal VT .
U m. max  U md (26)
U t. max  U fd (27)
In the formula, U m. max and U t. max represent the maximum value of 3 phase
voltages of HV busbar and generator terminal respectively, and U md and
U fd represent the low voltage setting values of HV busbar and generator

terminal respectively.

1.5 Others
The protection equipment is also capable of checking the abnormality of ex-
citing voltage circuit, timely sending out alarm signals and informing operator
for treatment.
The reducing power output judgment criterion adopts active power judgment
criterion:
P  Pz (28)

1.6 Logic diagram


The logic diagram of loss-of-excitation protection is shown in Figure 51.
If no rotor judgment criterion is input, viz. exit both equi-excitation voltage
element and variable excitation element, the loss-of-excitation protection will
be blocked with negative-sequence voltage element.

128
Chapter 21 Generator loss-of-excitation protection

Impedance criterion trip with T4


Loss-of-excitation time-limit (ImpedanceT4 Trip)
T4
protection is ON
Loss-of-excitation Signal (LossExcite Sig)
Excitation voltage Uf < /Switch excitation(Switch Excite)

Reverse reactive - Q > & Reduce generator’s power


T3 ≥1
output (LossExcit DecPwr)
TV Failure
&
Generator measured P>
impedance 1 is inside its
setting impedance circle
Generator terminal voltage low trip
T5 with T5 time-limit(Gen UV T5 Trip)
Generator terminal voltage low trip
with T6 time-limit(Gen UV T6 Trip)
Generator terminal & T6
voltage U <

Loss-of-excitation
protection is ON

Excitation voltage Uf <

Generator measured HV busbar voltage low trip with


impedance 2 is inside its T7 time-limit (Bus UV T7 Trip)
T7
setting impedance circle &
Reverse reactive - Q >

TV Failure

Main transformer HV
busbar voltage U <

Loss-of-excitation
protection is ON

Reverse reactive - Q > Impedance criterion trip with T8


time-limit(ImpedanceT8 Trip)
Generator measured T8
impedance 3 is inside its &
setting impedance circle
U2> 0/t

TV Failure

Figure 51 Logic diagram of generator loss-of-excitation protection

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) Generator terminal low voltage U fd and bus low voltage U md :

The generator terminal low voltage criterion is used for quick switchover
house-service power when loss-of-excitation. Main transformer HV side
busbar low voltage criterion is used for accelerating trip to split with electric
system when loss-of-excitation. As for large-scale power plant, U md is gen-
erally provided by dispatching department.
(2) Reverse reactive element Q:

129
Chapter 21 Generator loss-of-excitation protection

Reactive setting is set according to the leading phase condition allowed by


generator. The calculating formula is: Q  Krel  Qlead , in which, K rel is reliable
coefficient and set as 1.1~1.3; Qlead is the maximum leading phase reactive
power allowed by generator. Generally, it is set as Q  5%  QG.n to prevent
loss-of-excitation protection from mis-function when other faults and electric
system oscillation. In which, QG.n is the secondary rated reactive power of
generator.
(3) Long delay-time of impedance:
Long delay-time impedance judgment criterion is mainly used for
loss-of-excitation fault that excitation winding is internally open-circuit while
there is no decrease of exciting voltage. In this case, protection trips with T8
delay-time according to this impedance element and reverse reactive ele-
ment.
The characteristic of impedance judgment criterion with long delay is gener-
ally set as asynchronous impedance circle and tripping delay T8 is set as
the allowable asynchronous operating time after loss-of-excitation.
(4) Impedance elements XA and XB:
The impedance elements can be set according to the actual project status.
(5) The setting value of active power Pz for reduced output:

It is set according to the actual status of generator bank. The function of re-
duced power output can also be exited from loss-of-excitation protection.
(6) Negative-sequence voltage setting value: It is internally fixed.
(7) Setting value of exciting voltage U fl :

The setting value of exciting voltage U fl is set according to the actual status
of generator bank. When the generator is in leading phase work condition,
the setting value of U fl can be properly decreased. When it runs under
heavy load, the setting value of U fl can be properly increase to quickly
switch off the loss-of-excitation generators.
(8) Setting of variable excitation coefficient K f and salient pole power Pt :

Note:
Corresponding to a certain active power P, every generator in parallel con-
nection to the electric system requires a corresponding certain exciting volt-
age value Ufd to maintain static steady utmost. Namely, according to static

130
Chapter 21 Generator loss-of-excitation protection

steady utmost requirements (e.g. the power angle of turbine generator =90  ),
output a certain active power P should have corresponding exciting voltage
Ufd. The Ufd for static steady utmost varies according to the different active
power P. The relation of Ufd and P is expressed as the variable excitation ra-
tio coefficient K f .

Pe C   X d  X st 
Kf   n U f 0 , in which, Pe is the rated power of generator in
Pe  Pt U s  Ed 0
the unit of W; Pt is the salient pole power of generator with calculating for-

U s2  X d  X q 
mula of Pt 

2 X d  X st  X q  X st  , in the unit of W. C n is the rated active cor-

cos 2 sb
rection coefficient and C n   , in which,  sb is the utmost power an-
sin 3  sb
gle of generator with rated active power. It can be obtained from the relations
between K n  Pe Pt and C n or by table look-up method (in reference to the
following Table).
U s is the voltage value reduced from the infinitely great system busbar
voltage to generator terminal, in the unit of V. E d 0 is the potential of gener-
ator under zero load in the unit of V. U f 0 is the exciting voltage of generator
under zero load in the unit of V. X st is the connecting reactance reduced to
terminal from terminal to infinitely great system busbar.

Table 99 Kn-Cn Table

Kn Cn Kn Cn Kn Cn
3.3 0.847 5.6 0.941 7.7 0.968
3.6 0.869 6.0 0.948 8.0 0.970
4.0 0.891 6.3 0.953 8.3 0.972
4.3 0.904 6.6 0.957 8.7 0.975
4.7 0.919 6.8 0.959 9.0 0.976
5.0 0.927 7.1 0.962 9.5 0.979
5.3 0.935 7.4 0.965 10.0 0.981

131
Chapter 21 Generator loss-of-excitation protection

3. Input and output signals


Generator loss-of-
excitation protection

IA Startup
IB Gen UV T5 Trip
Gen UV T6 Trip
IC
Bus UV T7 Trip
UA Impedance Trip
UB LossExcite Alarm
UC
LossExci ReduPwr

Figure 52 Generator loss-of- excitation protection

Table 100 Analog input list of loss-of- excitation protection

Analog input Description


IA Phase A current input of generator CT
IB Phase B current input of generator CT
IC Phase C current input of generator CT
UA Phase A voltage input of generator VT
UB Phase B voltage input of generator VT
UC Phase C voltage input of generator VT

Table 101 Output list of loss-of-synchronism protection

Signal Description
Startup Relay startup
Generator terminal under voltage trip with T5 time-limit of
Gen UV T5 Trip
loss-of-excitation protection
Generator terminal under voltage trip with T6 time-limit of
Gen UV T6 Trip
loss-of-excitation protection
HV busbar under voltage trip with T7 time-limit of
Bus UV T7 Trip
loss-of-excitation protection
Impedance Trip Impedance criterion trip of loss-of-excitation protection
LossExcite Alarm Signal for loss-of-excitation protection
LossExci ReduPwr Reduce generator’s power output when loss-of-excitation

132
Chapter 21 Generator loss-of-excitation protection

4. Settings
Table 102 Setting value list of loss-of-excitation protection

No Name Meaning Range&Unit Remark


If it is set as 900V, low exciting
voltage U< criterion will be satis-
Low exciting voltage set fied naturally. This is used in ap-
1 U_Under Excite Volt 20V~700V
U plication without exciting voltage,
such as non- bursh exciting mode.
mode.
If it is set as 100, changeable ex-
Changeable exciting
2 ChangeExcite Coef 0~99 citing voltage criterion will be OFF.
voltage coefficient Kf
OFF.
Percent of salient power
3 SalientPower Percent (0~100)%
Pt
If it is set as 150, automatically
Reduce Power Per- Percent of reduce out-
4 (0~100)% reduce output element will be
cent put Pz OFF.
ReverseReactiveQ Percent of reverse re- If it is set as 0, reverse reactive
5 (1~100)%
Pct active Q element will be satisfied naturally.
6 X_Impedance XA1 Impedance 1 Set XA1 0Ω~99Ω If XB1 is set as 100Ω, impedance
1 element will be satisfied natu-
7 X_Impedance XB1 Impedance 1 Set XB1 0Ω~99Ω rally.
If it is set as 35s, loss-of-excitation
Loss-of-excitation signal
8 T_LossExcit Alarm T3 0.1s~30s signal T3 output will be OFF.
time T3

T_Impedance Judge Impedance judge time If it is set as 2100s, impedance


9 0.1s~2000s
T4 T4 criterion T4 output will be OFF.
Under voltage U< of
10 U_GenTerm UnderVolt 0V~100V
generator terminal
If it is set as 35s, the first delay
T_GenTerm UnderV Generator terminal un-
11 0.1s~30s output (T5) of generator terminal
T5 der- voltage time T5 low-voltage element will be OFF.
If it is set as 35s, the second delay
T_GenTerm UnderV Generator terminal un-
12 0.1s~30s output (T6) of generator terminal
T6 der- voltage time T6 low-voltage element will be OFF.
13 X_Impedance XA2 Impedance 2 Set XA2 0Ω~99Ω If XB2 is set as 100Ω, impedance
1 element will be satisfied natu-
14 X_Impedance XB2 Impedance 2 Set XB2 0Ω~99Ω rally.
Busbar under-voltage
15 U_Busbar UnderVolt 0V~100V
U<
Busbar under-voltage If it is set as 35s, busbar
16 T_Busbar UnderV T7 0.1s~30s
time T7 low-voltage T7 output will be OFF.
17 X_Impedance XA3 Impedance 3 Set XA3 0Ω~99Ω

133
Chapter 21 Generator loss-of-excitation protection

18 X_Impedance XB3 Impedance 3 Set XB3 0Ω~99Ω


T_Impedance Judge Impedance judge time If it is set as 2100s, impedance
19 0.1s~2000s
T8 T8 criterion T8 output will be OFF.

Note:
“T_Impedance Judge T4” and “T_Impedance Judge T8” are respectively used for
loss-of-excitation impedance judgement of T4 and T8 output. The outputs are respectively
impedance criterion trip (with switch tripping mode) and trip-2 (without switch tripping mode).

Table 103 Control-word of Loss-of-excitation protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator loss-of-excitation
LossExcite Prot protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Impedance XA1 is no less than
Impedance XA1 0, namely a plus value.
2 0 1 0
No LessThan 0 1 - XA1 >= 0
0 - XA1 < 0 (minus value)
Impedance XA2 is no less than
Impedance XA2 0, namely a plus value.
3 0 1 0
No LessThan 0 1 - XA2 >= 0
0 - XA2 < 0 (minus value)
The function of detecting excit-
ing-voltage circuit is switched
Excite Circuit ON.
4 0 1 0
Detect ON
1 - ON
0 - OFF

5. Report
Table 104 Event & alarm reports of loss-of-excitation protection

Report Description
Impedance criterion trip with T4 time-limit of
Impedance T4 Trp
loss-of-excitation protection
Generator terminal under voltage trip with T5 time-limit
Gen UV T5 Trip
of loss-of-excitation protection
Generator terminal under voltage trip with T6 time-limit
Gen UV T6 Trip
of loss-of-excitation protection

134
Chapter 21 Generator loss-of-excitation protection

Report Description
HV busbar under voltage trip with T7 time-limit of
Bus UV T7 Trip
loss-of-excitation protection
Impedance criterion trip with T8 time-limit of
Impedance T8 Trp
loss-of-excitation protection
LossExcite Alarm Signal for loss-of-excitation protection
Reduce generator’s power output when
LossExci ReduPwr
loss-of-excitation
ExciteVolt Alarm Signal for exciting voltage circuit failure

6. Technical data
Main technical data of loss-of-excitation protection are as follows.
(1) The permissive error of impedance setting values is ±5% or ±0.1Ω. Error of
other setting values is ±2.5%.
(2) Impedance setting range is 0~200Ω. Permissive error of resistance and
reactance is ±5% or ±0.1Ω.
(3) Setting range of exciting voltage is 20~500V.
(4) Setting range of salient-pole active power is 1W~400W.
(5) Setting range of slope in alterable exciting voltage criterion is 0.05~10.
(6) Setting range of generator voltage and electric power grid voltage (i.e. high
voltage of main transformer) is 30V~100V.
(7) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. Its permissive error is less than ±1% or
±40ms.
(8) Time setting range of long time-delay stage is 0.1s~2000s. Its permissive
error is less than ±1% or ±40ms.

135
Chapter 22 Loss-of-synchronism protection

Chapter 22 Loss of synchronism


protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator loss-of-synchronism pro-
tection, including its principle, input and output signals, set-
ting values, reports, technical data and so on.

136
Chapter 22 Loss-of-synchronism protection

1. Protection principle
The loss-of-synchronism protection reacts the changing locus of generator
measured impedance. It can avoid reliably system short circuit and oscilla-
tion. The protection can distinguish accelerating loss-of-synchronism and
decelerating loss-of-synchronism in the process of loss-of-synchronism sway.
Multiple-line blinder characteristic is adopted in loss-of-synchronism protec-
tion. Resistance line divides the impedance plane into multiple zones. In
Figure 53, XA at Point A is generator transient reactance Xd’ and XB at Point B
is system connecting reactance, including system reactance Xs and trans-
former reactance Xt. Above voltage has been reduced to generator terminal.
If the measured reactance of generator is less than transformer reactance Xt,
it is indicated that oscillation center falls into the inside of genera-
tor-transformer bank. The Rs in the figure is the boundary of resistance set-
ting value and Rj is set as 0.5Rs internally.

jX
Area 6 Area 5 Area 4 Area 3 Area 2 Area 1

Xs B

Xt
Decelerating Accelerating
loss-of-synchronism loss-of-synchronism

-Rs -Rj 0 Rj Rs R

δ4 δ3 δ2 δ1

Figure 53 Multiple-line zone characteristics of generator


loss-of-synchronism protection

137
Chapter 22 Loss-of-synchronism protection

In the figure, the Zone 1~3 and Zone 6~4 are symmetric about axis jX, and
there exists under the mode of synchronous operation of generator:
(1) Under the normal working condition of electric system, generator meas-
ured impedance > Rs , its changing locus does not fall into the Zone 2~5;

(2) In the case of accelerating loss-of-synchronism of generator, the meas-


ured impedance passes from Zone 1 to Zone 6 (in order of 1,2,3,4,5,6), with
the delay in each zone more than the corresponding time setting values;
(3) In the case of decelerating loss-of-synchronism of generator, the meas-
ured impedance passes from Zone 6 to Zone 1 (in order of 6,5,4,3,2,1), with
the delay in each zone more than the corresponding time setting values;
(4) In the case of short-circuit fault, the measured impedance stays in the
Zone 2~5 with the retention in each zone less than the corresponding time
before coming to next zone.
(5) During the stable oscillation period, the measured impedance returns in
reverse direction after having passed across zones, other than passing
across all the zones in the same direction.
The protection equipment will send out signals timely when loss-of- syn-
chronism of generator is checked. When the loss of synchronism oscillating
center falls within the generator-transformer bank, the counting of sliding
times will be updated. If the setting value of sliding times Nsb is reached, the
first condition will be met for equipment to send out tripping command.
Blocking is adopted inside the loss-of-synchronism protection, which can
send out tripping pulse only when the electromotive phase-angle difference
of the two sides is less than 90 degree, and the circuit breaker can cut off
power only when its breaking capacity is not exceeded to guarantee the
safety of breaker. To improve the reliability of loss-of-synchronism protection,
the active power variation is added as auxiliary judgment criterion.
The logic diagram of generator loss-of-synchronism protection is shown in
Figure 54.

138
Chapter 22 Loss-of-synchronism protection

Measured impedance
passes each area Accelerating loss-of-
from left to right synchronism signal
(Accele LossSynch)
Loss-of-synchronism
protection is ON sliding times reaches
Loss-of-synchronism
setting value Nsb protection trip
& (LossSynchron Trip)
& Loss-of-synchronism
Measured impedance oscillation center is
passes each area in inside of generator-
proper order, and the transformer bank
delay in each zone more
than time setting values Decelerating loss-of-
Measured impedance
synchronism signal
passes each area (Decele LossSynch)
from right to left

Figure 54 Logic diagram of generator loss-of-synchronism protection

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


(1) Resistance boundary of loss-of-synchronism protection Rs:
It can be set as avoidance of the minimum-load impedance. The calculating
1
formula: Rs  ( X T  X s  X d )ctg ( 1 / 2) , in which, X T and X s represent re-
2
spectively the named value of transformer impedance and system imped-
ance reduced to generator terminal voltage, and X d is the transient im-
pedance of generator.  1 is set as 120 generally.

(2) Transformer impedance XSB of loss-of-synchronism protection:


X SB  X T

(3) The minimum staying time T1 and T2 of impedance staying time:

In consideration of the uniform change of the power angle  in system os-


 2  1
cillation, the staying time of impedance in Zone 2 and Zone 5 is T  Ts ,
360
in which, TS is the minimum oscillation cycle of system (given by dispatching
Rj
station and generally as 0.5s~1.5s),  1 =120°, and  2  2ctg 1 . The set-
1
X
2
ting value is T1  0.5  2  1 Ts .
360

In the process of system oscillation, the staying time of measured impedance


180   2
in Zone 3 and Zone 4 is T   Ts , and the setting value is
360
180   2
T2  0.5 Ts .
360

139
Chapter 22 Loss-of-synchronism protection

(4) The number of sliding times N sb in loss-of-synchronism protection:

When the oscillating center falls within the inner of generator-transformer


bank, the number of sliding times is typically set as 2.

3. Input and output signals

Generator loss-of-
synchronism protection

IA Startup
IB
LossSynchron Trip
IC
LossSynchron Alm
UA
UB
UC

Figure 55 Generator loss-of-synchronism protection

Table 105 Analog input list of loss-of-synchronism protection

Analog input Description


IA Phase A current input of generator CT
IB Phase B current input of generator CT
IC Phase C current input of generator CT
UA Phase A voltage input of generator VT
UB Phase B voltage input of generator VT
UC Phase C voltage input of generator VT

Table 106 Output list of loss-of-synchronism protection

Signal Description
LossSynchron Trp Generator loss-of-synchronism protection trip
Startup Relay startup
LossSynchron Alm Generator loss-of-synchronism protection signal.

140
Chapter 22 Loss-of-synchronism protection

4. Settings
Table 107 Setting value list of loss-of-synchronism protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

1 R_Reactance Limit Reactance limit Rs 0~100 Ω


X_Transformer Im-
2 Impedance Xt of main transformer 0~100 Ω
peda
3 T_Resistance Delay1 Resistance delay T1 0.01~30 s
4 T_Resistance Delay2 Resistance delay T2 0.01~30 s
5 Slide Times Slide Times 1~30

Table 108 Control-word of loss-of-synchronism protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Genartor Loss-of-synchronism pro-
Gen Loss Synchron tection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

5. Report
Table 109 Event & alarm reports of loss-of-synchronism protection

Report Description
LossSynchron Trip Loss-of-synchronism protection trip
Signal for loss-of-synchronism protection when external
Extern LossSynch
loss-of-synchronism
Signal for loss-of-synchronism protection when acceler-
Accele LossSynch
ating loss-of-synchronism
Signal for loss-of-synchronism protection when deceler-
Decele LossSynch
ating loss-of-synchronism

6. Technical data
Main technical data of loss-of-synchronism protection are as follows.
(1) Setting range of sliding times is 1~10.
(2) Setting range of resistance boundary and transformer reactance is

141
Chapter 22 Loss-of-synchronism protection

0~100Ω. The permissive error is ±5% or ±0.1Ω.


(3) Time setting range of resistance in an area is 0.01s~1s.

142
Chapter 23 Generator abnormal frequency protection

Chapter 23 Generator abnormal


frequency protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator abnormal(over / under)
frequency protection, including its principle, input and output
signals, setting values, reports, technical data and so on.

143
Chapter 23 Generator abnormal frequency protection

1. Protection principle
Abnormal frequency protection included over & under frequency.
Since under-frequency or over-frequency operation can cause fatigue dam-
age to turbine generator blades. Furthermore the irreversible fatigue damage
can lead to severe fault as a result of blades fracture, when it is accumulated
to some degree. Abnormal frequency protection is set purposely to protect
turbine generator.
The frequency protection is composed of frequency measurement element
and time accumulating & counting element.
The protection includes under-frequency protection, over-frequency protec-
tion and frequency accumulation protection. In addition, to prevent the ab-
normal frequency protection unit from sending out wrong signals in the pro-
cess of generator startup and shutdown, the current blocking element is
available in the protection.
The logic diagram of generator frequency protection is shown in Figure 56.
fDP2≤f<fDP1
Under frequency accumulating protection
There exists phase signal/ trip (Accum U_Fre Alm/Trip)
& ΣTLDP
current in generator.
Under-frequency Under frequency protection signal/
protection is ON TDP trip(Under Freq Alarm/Trip)

f<fDP
Under frequency protection signal/
There exists phase trip(Under Freq Alarm/Trip)
& TDP’
current in generator.
Last stage of under-
frequency protection is ON

fGP1<f≤fGP2
Over frequency accumulating protection
There exists phase signal/ trip (Accum O_Fre Alm/Trip)
& ΣTLGP
current in generator.
Over frequency protection signal/
Over-frequency trip(Over Freq Alarm/Trip)
TGP
protection is ON

f>fGP
Over frequency protection signal/
There exists phase trip(Over Freq Alarm/Trip)
TGP’
current in generator. &

Last stage of over-


frequency protection is ON

Figure 56 Logic diagram of generator frequency protection

144
Chapter 23 Generator abnormal frequency protection

2. Setting-value note and suggestion


The frequency and accumulative time setting values of each stage in ab-
normal frequency should be consistent with the allowable generator fre-
quency range. And the alignment with under-frequency load-reducing
equipment should be considered also.
Power system frequency offset value should be strictly limited as for large
capacity turbine generator sets. During the fault period of power system, the
system frequency must be limited to the allowable range to avoid any dam-
age to generator sets, mainly damaging to the blades of turbine generator.
As for the on-load turbine generator of 300MW and above, the allowable
frequency range is 48.5Hz ~ 50.5Hz, corresponding 50Hz rated frequency.
The following table lists the suggested time values for frequency abnormal
operation in large-scale generator sets.
Table 110 Suggested time values for abnormal operation of frequency in
large-scale generator sets

Allowable operating time Allowable operating time


Frequency Accumulative Frequency Accumulative
Every time Every time
(in Hz) time (in Hz) time
(in second) (in second)
(in minute) (in minute)
51.5 30 30 48.0 300 300
51.0 180 180 47.5 60 60
48.5~50.5 Work continuously 47.0 10 10

When the abnormal frequency protection needs to function upon the splitting
generator, the operating frequency in its under-frequency and delay-time
setting values should be coordinated with the under-frequency load-reducing
equipment of the power system. The principle is that its operating frequency
should be less than the minimum operating frequency of the under-frequency
load-reducing equipment to avoid the occurrence of frequency deterioration.

145
Chapter 23 Generator abnormal frequency protection

3. Input and output signals

Abnormal frequency
protection

IA Startup
IB
O/U Freq Trip
IC
O/U Freq Alarm
UG

Figure 57 Generator abnormal(over/under) frequency protection

Table 111 Analog input list of abnormal frequency protection

Analog input Description


IA Phase A current input of generator CT
IB Phase B current input of generator CT
IC Phase C current input of generator CT
UG Voltage input of generator terminal VT

Table 112 Output list of abnormal frequency protection

Signal Description
O/U Freq Trip Generator over/under frequency protection acts to trip
Startup Relay startup
O/U Freq Alarm Generator over/under frequency protection acts to signal.

4. Settings
Table 113 Setting value list of under-frequency protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

Act frequency of un-


1 F_UnderFreq Stage1 0.4fn~fn Hz
der-frequency Stage 1

146
Chapter 23 Generator abnormal frequency protection

Continuous time of un-


2 T_UnderFre1 Continue 0~9999 s
der-frequency Stage 1
Accumulated time of
3 T_UnderFre1 Accumula 0.1~6000 min
under-frequency Stage 1
Act frequency of un-
4 F_UnderFreq Stage2 0.4fn~fn Hz
der-frequency Stage 2
Continuous time of un-
5 T_UnderFre2 Continue 0~9999 s
der-frequency Stage 2
Accumulated time of
6 T_UnderFre2 Accumula 0.1~6000 min
under-frequency Stage 2
Act frequency of un-
7 F_UnderFreq Stage3 0.4fn~fn Hz
der-frequency Stage 3
Continuous time of un-
8 T_UnderFre3 Continue 0~9999 s
der-frequency Stage 3
Accumulated time of
9 T_UnderFre3 Accumula 0.1~6000 min
under-frequency Stage 3
Act frequency of un-
10 F_UnderFreq Stage4 0.4fn~fn Hz
der-frequency Stage 4
Continuous time of un-
11 T_UnderFre4 Continue 0~9999 s
der-frequency Stage 4

Table 114 Control-word of under frequency protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
The 1st stage of genartor under
UnderFreq Stage 1 -frequency protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The 1st stage of under-frequency
UnderFreq Stage 1 protection acts to trip.
2 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The 2nd stage of genartor under
UnderFreq Stage 2 -frequency protection is switched ON.
3 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The 2nd stage of under-frequency
UnderFreq Stage 2 protection acts to trip.
4 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
UnderFreq Stage 3 The 3rd stage of genartor under
5 0 1 0
ON -frequency protection is switched ON.

147
Chapter 23 Generator abnormal frequency protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
1 - ON
0 - OFF
The 3rd stage of under-frequency
UnderFreq Stage 3 protection acts to trip.
6 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The 4th stage of genartor under
UnderFreq Stage 4 -frequency protection is switched ON.
7 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The 4th stage of under-frequency
UnderFreq Stage 4 protection acts to trip.
8 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The under-frequency accumulation
UnderFreq Accumu- protection acts to trip.
9 0 1 0
late Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal

Table 115 Setting value list of over-frequency protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

F_OverFreq Act frequency of over-frequency


1 fn~1.2fn Hz
Stage1 Stage 1
T_OverFreq1 Continuous time of
2 0~9999 s
Continue over-frequency Stage 1
T_OverFreq1 Accumulated time of
3 0.1~6000 min
Accumula over-frequency Stage 1
F_OverFreq Act frequency of over-frequency
4 fn~1.2fn Hz
Stage2 Stage 2
T_OverFreq2 Continuous time of
5 0~9999 s
Continue over-frequency Stage 2
T_OverFreq2 Accumulated time of
6 0.1~6000 min
Accumula over-frequency Stage 2
F_OverFreq Act frequency of over-frequency
7 fn~1.2fn Hz
Stage3 Stage 3
T_OverFreq3 Continuous time of
8 0~9999 s
Continue over-frequency Stage 3

148
Chapter 23 Generator abnormal frequency protection

Table 116 Control-word of over frequency protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
The 1st stage of generator over
OverFreq Stage 1 -frequency protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The 1st stage of over-frequency pro-
tection acts to trip.
2 OverFreq Stage 1 Trip 0 1 0
1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The 2nd stage of generator over
OverFreq Stage 2 -frequency protection is switched ON.
3 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The 2nd stage of over-frequency pro-
OverFreq Stage 2 tection acts to trip.
4 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The 3rd stage of generator over
OverFreq Stage 3 -frequency protection is switched ON.
5 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The 3rd stage of over-frequency pro-
tection acts to trip.
6 OverFreq Stage 3 Trip 0 1 0
1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The over-frequency accumulation
OverFreq Accumu- protection acts to trip.
7 0 1 0
late Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal

5. Report
Table 117 Event & alarm reports of abnormal(over/under) frequency protection

Report Description
Under Freq Trip Generator under frequency protection trip
Over Freq Trip Generator over frequency protection trip
Accum U_Freq Trp Generator under frequency accumulating protection trip
Accum O_Freq Trp Generator over frequency accumulating protection trip

149
Chapter 23 Generator abnormal frequency protection

Report Description
Under Freq Alarm Signal for under frequency protection
Over Freq Alarm Signal for over frequency protection
Signal for generator under frequency accumulating
Accum U_Freq Alm
protection
Signal for generator over frequency accumulating pro-
Accum O_Freq Alm
tection

6. Technical data
Main technical data of abnormal(over/under) frequency protection are as
follows.
(1) Measuring frequency range is 40Hz~65Hz.
(2) Setting range of under frequency protection is 45Hz~49.99Hz. The per-
missive error is ±0.02Hz.
(3) Setting range of over frequency protection is 50.01Hz~55Hz. The per-
missive error is ±0.02Hz.
(4) Time setting range of continuous over/under frequency protection is
1s~6000s.
(5) Setting range of accumulation time is 1min~600min.
(6) The permissive error of time setting value is ±2.5%.

150
Chapter 24 Generator startup/shutdown protection

Chapter 24 Generator startup and


shutdown protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator startup and shutdown
protection, including its principle, input and output signals,
setting values, reports, technical data and so on.

151
Chapter 24 Generator startup/shutdown protection

1. Protection principle
During the startup and shutdown process of generator, both a set of in-
ter-phase short-circuit protection and stator earth protection can be equipped.
As the auxiliary protection under under-frequency working conditions, the
startup and shutdown protection should be exited when the generator is in
normal power frequency work condition.
The arithmetic adopted in this protection has nothing to do with the frequency
of input signals. Fundamental zero-sequence voltage stator earth protection
is used to react stator single-earth fault and its zero-sequence voltage is from
generator neutral zero-sequence VT. Differential current is used to react in-
terphase short-circuit fault.
To have the protection switch in only before starting synchronization and
close of generator or in the process of shutdown while exit in the normal op-
eration, it is controlled by the auxiliary contact of circuit breaker and the
output contact of under-frequency relay.
The logic diagram of startup and shutdown protection is shown in Figure 58.
Startup and shutdown
protection is ON
Zero-sequence voltage
Un0>UQ0 stator earth element trip
& TQU (StartShut U0 Trp)
Circuit breaker is
open

f<fdz
Startup and shutdown
protection is ON
Differential element
IGCD>IGQ trip(StartShut Diff)
&
Circuit breaker is
open

f<fdz

Figure 58 Logic diagram of startup and shutdown protection

Note:
Some notes and suggestions on setting-values:
(1) Startup / shutdown zero-sequence over voltage setting value UQ0 and
operating time TQU:
UQ0 is typically set as 10V and below, TQU not less than the delay of fun-
damental zero-sequence voltage stator earth protection.

152
Chapter 24 Generator startup/shutdown protection

(2) Startup / shutdown generator differential current IGQ:


It is set as more than the unbalanced current in differential circuit in the
condition of full-load operation at rated frequency, viz. IGQ  Krel IG.unb , in
which, K rel is reliable coefficient and set as 1.3~1.5; I G.unb is the unbal-
anced current in differential circuit of generator in the condition of full-load
operation and rated frequency.

(3) Startup / shutdown frequency setting value f op :

Startup / shutdown frequency setting value fdz is internally fixed as 48Hz,


corresponding rated frequency 50 Hz..
[

2. Input and output signals


Generator startup and
shutdown protection

IA1 Startup
IB1
Start/Shut Trip
IC1
IA2
IB2
IC2
UG
U0

BI_CB NC cont

Figure 59 Generator startup/shundown protection module

Table 118 Analog / Binary input list of startup and shutdown protection

Analog & Binary


Description
input
IA1 Phase A current input of generator CT 1
IB1 Phase B current input of generator CT 1
IC1 Phase C current input of generator CT 1
IA2 Phase A current input of generator CT 2

153
Chapter 24 Generator startup/shutdown protection

Analog & Binary


Description
input
IB2 Phase B current input of generator CT 2
IC2 Phase C current input of generator CT 2
UG Voltage input of generator terminal VT
Zero-sequence voltage input, usually from
U0
generator neutral 3U0 VT
Binary input, from generator circuit breaker
BI_CB NC cont
(CB) auxiliary normally-closed (NC) contact

Table 119 Output list of startup and shutdown protection

Signal Description
Start/Shut Trip Generator startup/shutdown protection trip
Startup Relay startup

3. Settings
Table 120 Setting value list of startup and shutdown protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

1 U_Neut Volt SEFP SEFP zero-sequence voltage U0 1~100 V


2 T_Neut Volt SEFP SEFP zero-voltage time T0 0.1~30 s
3 I_Gen Diff Generator differential current I 0.1IGn~20IGn A

Table 121 Control-word of startup and shutdown protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Genartor startup and shutdown pro-
tection is switched ON.
1 Start/Shut Prot ON 0 1 0
1 - ON
0 - OFF

154
Chapter 24 Generator startup/shutdown protection

4. Report
Table 122 Event & alarm reports of generator startup/shutdown protection

Report Description
Generator startup/shutdown protection trip of ze-
StartShut U0 Trp
ro-sequence voltage stator earth element
Generator startup/shutdown protection trip of differential
StartShut Diff
element
Signal for auxiliary contact position abnormity of circuit
CB Pos Abnormal
breaker(CB)

5. Technical data
Main technical data of generator startup/shutdown protection are as follows.
(1) Setting range of zero-sequence voltage is 5V~50V. The permissive error is
less than ±2.5%.
(2) Time setting range is 0.1s~30s. The permissive error is less than ±1% or
±70ms at 1.2 times of setting current.
(3) Setting range of differential current is 0.2I e ~ 1I e . The permissive error is
less than ±5% or ±0.02 I n .

(4) Intrinsic time of differential protection is less than 70ms.


Note: I e means secondary rated current of generator, and I n means rated
current of CSC-306 IED.

155
Chapter 25 Inadvertent CB closing protection

Chapter 25 Inadvertent breaker


closing protection
(Viz. Inadvertent energizing)

About this chapter


This chapter describes inadvertent breaker closing protec-
tion (viz. inadvertent energizing), including its principle, input
and output signals, setting values, reports, technical data
and so on.

156
Chapter 25 Inadvertent CB closing protection

1. Protection principle
Inadvertent closing generator terminal circuit breaker (inadvertent energizing,
mis-close CB) may occur when generator turning gear or rotor in static status.
At this time the strong current inverted from power system to stator winding
produces rotating fields in air gap and differential frequency current is flowed
through the rotor itself, which may burn off the rotor. Inadvertent closing
breaker also leads to sharp acceleration of rotor and may damage the bear-
ing shell.
Generator will start asynchronous in the case of inadvertent closing breaker,
so the reverse-power protection, loss-of-excitation protection and backup
protection may also meet the operating conditions, but their delays are longer.
And in the process of startup and turning, some protections maybe will not
function due to lack of terminal voltage. Therefore, a special, quick and sen-
sitive inadvertent breaker closing protection (viz. inadvertent energizing,
mis-closing breaker) protection should be supplied.
The analog input of inadvertent energizing protection is from the terminal
three-phase voltage and terminal or neutral three-phase currents (optional).
In the case of inadvertent closing breaker, the breaker is from Off to On and
the generator current will exceed the minimum mis-closing current IPH.
Therefore, current element can be taken as one of the judgment criterions.
Low-frequency element and low-voltage element are also used in inadvertent
energizing protection. Low-frequency element is adopted when there is
voltage on generator terminal, while low voltage element is adopted when
there is no voltage on terminal. The frequency of generator terminal voltage
is obtained via the special hardware frequency measurement circuit of the
protection equipment.
The inadvertent energizing protection automatically switches in after the
generator splitting and automatically switches off after synchronization suc-
cessfully.
The logic diagram of inadvertent energizing protection is shown in Figure 60.

157
Chapter 25 Inadvertent CB closing protection

Inadvertent energizing
protection is ON

Imax>
Inadvertent energizing protection
Circuit breaker is & trip (MisClose CB Trip)
0/1.0s 0.2s
open

U <
≥1 0/0.5s
F <

Figure 60 Logic diagram of inadvertent energizing protection

Note:
Some notes and suggestions on setting-values:
(1) The inadvertent energizing over-current setting value IPH:

It is typically set as 0.5IG.n .

(2) The low voltage element is internally fixed as 0.5U G.n .

(3) The low frequency element is internally fixed as 48Hz, corresponding


rated frequency 50 Hz.

2. Input and output signals


Inadvertent closing
CB protection

IA Startup
IB
MisClose CB Trip
IC
UA
UB
UC

BI_CB NC cont

Figure 61 Inadvertent closing CB protection module

158
Chapter 25 Inadvertent CB closing protection

Table 123 Analog / Binary input list of inadvertent closing CB protection

Analog & Binary


Description
input
IA Phase A current input of generator CT
IB Phase B current input of generator CT
IC Phase C current input of generator CT
UA Phase A current input of generator VT
UB Phase B current input of excitation VT
UC Phase C current input of excitation VT
Binary input, from generator circuit breaker
BI_CB NC cont
(CB) auxiliary normally-closed (NC) contact

Table 124 Output list of inadvertent closing CB protection

Signal Description
Mis-close generator’s circuit breaker(CB) protection
MisClose CB Trip
trip
Startup Relay startup

3. Settings
Table 125 Setting value list of inadvertent closing CB protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

I_MisCloseCB Act current of mis-close CB


1 0.1IGn~20IGn A
OverCur protection

Table 126 Control-word bit meaning of inadvertent closing CB protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Genartor mis-close CB protection is
MisClose CB Prot switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

159
Chapter 25 Inadvertent CB closing protection

4. Report
Table 127 Event report of inadvertent closing CB protection

Report Description
Mis-close generator’s circuit breaker(CB) protection
MisClose CB Trip
trip

5. Technical data
Main technical data of inadvertent closing CB protection are as follows.
(1) Current setting range of is 0.2I e ~ 1I e . The permissive error of setting value
is less than ±2.5% or ±0.02 I n .

(2) Operating time is less than 220ms at 1.2 times of setting current.
Note: I e means secondary rated current of generator, and I n means rated
current of CSC-306 IED.

160
Chapter 26 Generator shaft current protection

Chapter 26 Generator Shaft Current


protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes generator shaft current protection,
including its principle, input and output signals, setting val-
ues, reports and so on.

161
Chapter 26 Generator shaft current protection

1. Protection principle
The protection reacts generator shaft current value, usually its fundamental
(1st) harmonic element, or using the 3 rd harmonic of shaft current by preset.
The protection can act to trip or signal by preset as well.

Using 1st harmonic of


shaft current
Shaft current
1st harmonic current & TZ protection acts
IZ1>IZ
Shaft Current Protection
ON

Using 3rd harmonic of


shaft current Shaft current
Its 3rd harmonic current protection acts
& TZ
IZ3>IZ
Shaft Current Protection
ON

Figure 62 Logic diagram of generator shaft current protection

2. Input and output signals

Shaft current protection

I0Z Startup
Shaft Cur Trip
Shaft Cur Alarm

Figure 63 Generator shaft current protection module

Table 128 Analog input list of generator shaft current protection

Analog input Description


I0Z generator shaft current

162
Chapter 26 Generator shaft current protection

Table 129 Output list of generator shaft current protection

Signal Description
Shaft Cur Trip Generator shaft current protection acts to trip.
Startup Relay startup
Shaft Cur Alarm Generator shaft current protection acts to alarm.

3. Settings
Table 130 Setting value list of generator Shaft current protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

I_Shaft Cur Minimum act current of shaft


1 0.001~10 A
Prot current protection
T_Shaft Cur Act time of shaft current
2 0.1~30 s
Pro protection

Table 131 Control-word bit meaning of generator shaft current protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator shaft current protec-
Shaft Cur Prot tion is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON
1 - ON 0 - OFF
The protection uses 3rd harmonic
Shaft Prot Uses of generator shaft current.
2 0 1 0
3Har Cur 1 - 3rd harmonic element
0 - 1st harmonic element
Generator shaft current protec-
Shaft Cur Prot tion acts to trip.
3 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal

4. Report
Table 132 Event / alarm reports of generator shaft current protection

Report Description
Shaft Cur Trip Generator shaft current protection trip (act to trip).
Generator shaft current protection alarm (act to
Shaft Cur Alarm
signal)

163
Chapter 27 Magnetizing exciter differential protection

Chapter 27 Magnetizing exciter


differential protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes differential protection for magnetizing
exciter, including its principle, input and output signals, set-
ting values, reports, technical data and so on.

164
Chapter 27 Magnetizing exciter differential protection

1. Protection principle
Differential protection for magnetizing exciter is of percentage restraint coef-
ficient characteristics. The principle is shown in Figure 64. The protection is
of single-phase trip mode. Current can be 50Hz or 100Hz (optional). The
judgment criterion is
I dz  I CD 
 (29)
I dz  K res I zd 

In which, I dz and I zd represent differential current and restraint current


respectively, I CD means the starting value of differential current, and K res
is the restraint coefficient. The calculation for I dz and I zd is shown in for-
mula (30).

 I dz  I fT  I fN

   (30)
 I  I fT  I fN
 zd 2
In which, I fT and I fN represent respectively the generator terminal current
phasor and neutral current phasor, with the direction to the electric power
system as positive.
There is CT failure judgment in the differential protection. It can send out
alarm signal after CT failure. Whether blocking differential protection or not at
the time of CT failure can be set by users via setting the control-word setting
value.

Idz

Operating
area

Kres Restraint
Idiff
area

Izd

Figure 64 Operating characteristics of differential protection


for magnetizing exciter

The logic diagram of longitudinal differential protection for magnetizing ex-

165
Chapter 27 Magnetizing exciter differential protection

citer is shown in Figure 65.


1)Differential protection for magnetizing exciter
Exciter differential
protection acts in phase A
Exciter differential 1
protection acts in phase B
Exciter differential
protection acts in phase C
Exciter differential Exciting system differential
protection is preset to be
protection trip(ExciteDiff Trip)
blocked when CT fails
&
CT Failure &

Maximum differential
current of 3 phases
>1.2times rated current
Exciter differential
protection is ON

2) Exciter differential current exceeds limit


Phase A differential
current exceeds limit
Phase B differential 1
current exceeds limit
Phase C differential & Exciting system differential current
current exceeds limit exceeds limit(ExcitDiff I High)
5s
Exciter differential
protection is ON

Figure 65 Logic diagram of differential protection for magnetizing exciter

Some notes and suggestions on setting-values:

(1) Setting value of the minimum operating differential current I diff :

It is generally set as 0.3 I fe , in which I fe represents the secondary rated


current of magnetizing exciter.

(2) Percentage restraint coefficient of differential characteristic K res :

It is typically set as 0.4. Knee-point current need not set in exciter differential
protection because it is of percentage restraint coefficient principle.

166
Chapter 27 Magnetizing exciter differential protection

2. Input and output signals


Magnetizing exciter
differential protection

IA1 Startup
IB1 ExciteDiff Trip
ExciteDiff I Alm
IC1

IA2

IB2

IC2

Figure 66 Megnetizing exciter differential protection module

Table 133 Analog input list of magnetizing exciter differential protection

Analog input Description


IA1 Phase A current input of excitation CT 1
IB1 Phase B current input of excitation CT 1
IC1 Phase C current input of excitation CT 1
IA2 Phase A current input of excitation CT 2
IB2 Phase B current input of excitation CT 2
IC2 Phase C current input of excitation CT 2

Table 134 Output list of magnetizing exciter differential protection

Signal Description
Percentage differential protection for magnetizing
ExciteDiff Trip
exciter trip
Startup Relay startup
Differential current in differential protection for ex-
ExciteDiff I Alm
citing system exceeds a certain limit

167
Chapter 27 Magnetizing exciter differential protection

3. Settings
Table 135 Setting value list of excitation differential protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

Excitation differential mini-


1 I_Excite Diff 0.1IETn~20IETn A
mum value of act current
Excite Diff
2 Excitation differential slope 0.2~1.0
Slope
I_ExcTrans Exciting transformer instan-
3 0.1IETn~20IETn A
Fast Diff taneous differential current
ExcT 2Har 2nd-harmonic restrain ratio of
4 0.1~1.0
RestrRatio exciting transformer

Note: IETn represents rated secondary value of excitation protection CT hereafter,


viz 5A or 1A.

Table 136 Control-word bit meaning of excitation differential protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Differential protection for excita-
Excite Diff Prot tion system is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 – OFF
Block excitation differential pro-
Block Excite Diff tection if CT failure
2 0 1 0
if CT Fail 1 - Block
0 – Not block

4. Report
Table 137 Event / alarm reports of magnetizing exciter differential protection

Report Description
Percentage differential protection for magnetizing
ExciteDiff Trip
exciter trip
Differential current in differential protection for ex-
ExciteDiff I Alm
citing system exceeds a certain limit

168
Chapter 27 Magnetizing exciter differential protection

5. Technical data
Main technical data of differential protection for magnetizing exciter are as
follows.
(1) Setting range of percentage restraint operating current is 0.1I fe ~ 2.0I fe .
The permissive error of setting value is less than ±5% or ±0.02 I n .

(2) Setting range of the percentage restraint coefficient is 0.3~1.0.


(3) Operating time of the percentage restraint differential protection is less
than 30ms at 2 times of setting current.
Note: I fe means secondary rated current of magnetizing exciter, and I n
means rated current of CSC-306 IED.

169
Chapter 28 Exciting transformer differential protection

Chapter 28 Exciting transformer


differential protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes differential protection for exciting
transformer, including its principle, input and output signals,
setting values, reports, technical data and so on.

170
Chapter 28 Exciting transformer differential protection

1. Protection principle
Exciting transformer differential protection is composed of instantaneous
differential protection, percentage differential protection, CT secondary circuit
failure check and so on. Inrush blocking scheme is of 2nd harmonic restraint
principle. The protective equipment can send out alarm signal after CT failure.
Whether blocking differential protection or not when CT fails can be set by
users via setting the control-word setting value.

1.1 Percentage differential protection principle


Differential protection for exciting transformer is of percentage restraint prin-
ciple. Its percentage restraint differential characteristic is shown in
Figure 67.

Idz
Fast operating area
Ifast

.7
=0
b3
Operating area K

Kb2 Restraint area

=0.2
Idiff K b1

0.6ITe IB2 Izd

Figure 67 Operating characteristics of differential protection for exciting


transformer (with percentage restraint principle)

The operating equation of instantaneous differential protection for exciting


transformer is shown as formula (31).

I dz  I fast (31)

In which, I dz and I fast represent respectively differential current and in-


stantaneous differential current setting value.
The operating equation of percentage differential protection for exciting
transformer is shown as formula (32).

171
Chapter 28 Exciting transformer differential protection

I dz  Kb1 I zd  I diff I zd  0.6 I e 



I dz  Kb 2 ( I zd  0.6 I e )  Kb1  0.6 I e  I diff 0.6 I e  I zd  I B 2  (32)

I dz  Kb3 ( I zd  I B 2 )  Kb 2 ( I B 2  0.6 I e )  Kb1  0.6 I e  I diff I B 2  I zd 
In which, I zd represents restraint current. K b1 , K b 2 and K b3 are percent-
age restraint slopes of each section respectively. And K b1 is 0.2 internally
fixed in equipment, K b3 is 0.7 internally fixed too. K b 2 is a setting value for
users to set. I B 2 is knee-point current, and is internally fixed as 5 I e , in
which I e is secondary rated current of reference side, viz. high-voltage side
of exciting transformer . I diff is differential starting current setting value.

Above differential characteristic is adopted in each phase, including phase A,


B and C. When any phase currents meets the formula (31) or (32), instan-
taneous or percentage differential protection acts. Three-section percentage
differential protection can be blocked if there is CT failure. Whether blocked
or not can be set by users via control-word setting value.
Corresponding differential current and restraint current can be calculated as
follows.

I dz  I fT  I fN 

 (33)
I fT  I fN 
I zd 
2 
In which, I fT and I fN represent respectively current phasor of transformer
high-voltage side and low-voltage side, after being compensated with trans-
formation ratio. The positive direction is pointing to protected exciting trans-
former.

1.2 Excitation inrush current discrimination


The ratio of 2nd harmonics magnitude to fundamental magnitude in 3-phase
currents is used as the criterion for inrush current discrimination:
I d 2  K XB 2  I d (=A,B,C) (34)
nd
In which, I d and I d 2 represents fundamental and 2 harmonics compo-
nent of differential current in each phase respectively. K XB 2 is 2nd harmonics
restraint coefficient setting value.
The “OR” gate logic is adopted. If any phase is judged as inrush current,
differential current protection for three phases will all be blocked.

172
Chapter 28 Exciting transformer differential protection

1.3 Current phase-angle difference and balance


Current phase-angle difference of all transformer voltage sides and balance
compensation are introduced here.

1.3.1 CT connection method


CT in each side of exciting transformer is of Y-connecting (viz. star-connect)
method or conventional connection. Secondary current of CT is connected to
this protection equipment directly.

1.3.2 Calculating balance coefficient


The choice of reference side and calculation of balance coefficient to
non-reference side are finished automatically in the equipment internally.
Users need not to set. The calculating method of balance coefficient is as
follows.
(1) Calculating primary rated currents of each side of exciting transformer
S Tn
I 1n 
3U T 1n

In which, STn means rated capacity of exciting transformer, U T 1n means


primary rated voltage of each side, and it should be the actual working volt-
age.
(2) Calculating secondary rated currents of each side of exciting transformer
I 1n
I 2n 
nTA

In which, I1n means primary rated current of each side, and nTA means CT
transformation ratio of corresponding side.
(3) Calculating balance coefficient of low-voltage side of exciting transformer,
basing on the high-voltage reference side
U 1nL nTAL
K phL  
U 1nH nTAH

(4) Multiply each phase current by corresponding balance coefficient, then


compensated current for each phase can be received.

1.3.3 Phase-angle compensation for each phase


Secondary current phase-angle of each side CT is corrected automatically
inside the equipment. The current phase-angle is corrected in Y-connecting
(star-connection) side of exciting transformer. The correction method is as
follows taking example for Y0/Δ-11 connection.

173
Chapter 28 Exciting transformer differential protection

I A  ( I A  IB ) 3

Y0 side: I B  ( IB  IC ) 3

I   ( I  I ) 3
C C A 

In which, IA , IB and IC are CT secondary currents of Y-connection side.
IA , IB and IC are corresponding Y-connection side 3-phase currents after
being corrected. It can be set by users via control-word setting value.
Calculation of differential current and restraint current is based on the cor-
rection to current phase-angle and balance compensation.

1.4 Abnormality detection and judgment


1.4.1 Reset judgment
After startup element has returned, differential protection will reset the whole
protective equipment if the differential current does not exceed limit (not
larger than preset threshold) for more than 1 second.

1.4.2 Differential current exceeds limit alarm


The equipment detects 3-phase differential currents continuously in normal
working condition. It will send out alarm signal after 5s if any phase differen-
tial current exceeds limit. The criterion is I d  K yx I diff , here I d represents
differential current of each phase, and K yx is a fixed coefficient internally.

1.5 Logic diagram


The logic diagram of differential protection for exciting transformer is shown
in Figure 68.

174
Chapter 28 Exciting transformer differential protection

Instantaneous differential
protection acts in phase A
Instantaneous differential
protection acts in phase B 1 Instantaneous differential protection for
exciting transformer trip (Exc FastDiff Trip)
Instantaneous differential &
protection acts in phase C
Exciting system differential
protection is ON
Percentage differential
protection acts in phase A
Percentage differential
protection acts in phase B
1
Percentage differential
protection acts in phase C
2nd harmonic restraint
coefficient in phase A > KXB2
2nd harmonic restraint
coefficient in phase B > KXB2
1
Exciting system differential
2nd harmonic restraint &
protection trip(ExciteDiff Trip)
coefficient in phase C > KXB2

CT Failure

Differential protection is preset


to be blocked when CT fails &
Maximum differential current
in 3-phase > 1.2*Ie

Exciting system differential


protection is ON

Phase A differential current


exceeds limit

Phase B differential current


exceeds limit 1
Exciting system differential current
Phase C differential current exceeds limit (ExciteDiff I Alm)
exceeds limit & 5s

Exciting system differential


protection is ON

Figure 68 Logic diagram of differential protection for exciting transformer

1.6 Note
Some notes and suggestions on setting-values:

(1) Instantaneous differential current setting value I fast :

I fast is generally set as (6~8)* I Tfe , here I Tfe represents rated current of rated
current of reference side, viz. high-voltage side of exciting transformer.

(2) Differential startup current setting value I diff :

I diff is generally set as 0.4 I Tfe .

(3) Knee-point current setting value I B 2 :

175
Chapter 28 Exciting transformer differential protection

I B 2 is internally fixed as 5I Tfe .

(4) Percentage restraint slope K b 2 :

K b 2  K rel K ap K cc K er  U  m . Here, K rel means reliable coefficient and


is generally set as 1.5. K ap is non-periodic component coefficient and is
valued as 2.0 when CTs in two sides of protected transformer are of the
same P-level. K cc is the coefficient of same type of CTs and is valued as 1.0.
U means error caused by transformer regulating voltage. It is usually val-
ued the maximum offset value (percentage) from rated value in the range of
voltage regulation. m means error caused by the dis-matching CT trans-
formation ratio. It is valued as 0.05 primarily.
Selectivity and sensitivity of differential protection are satisfying if only set
according to above method. They need not to be verified.

K b 2 = (0.3 ~ 0.6) . It is suggested to be 0.5.

(5) 2nd harmonic restraint ratio K XB 2 :

Harmonic component in differential current is of considerably high when ex-


citing transformer is in normal working condition. So it is suggested that K XB 2
should be set higher properly.

2. Input and output signals


Exciting transformer
differential protection

IA1 Startup
IB1 Exc FastDiff Trp
ExciteDiff Trip
IC1
ExciteDiff I Alm
IA2

IB2

IC2

Figure 69 Exciting transformer differential protection module

176
Chapter 28 Exciting transformer differential protection

Table 138 Analog input list of exciting transformer differential protection

Analog input Description


IA1 Phase A current input of excitation CT 1
IB1 Phase B current input of excitation CT 1
IC1 Phase C current input of excitation CT 1
IA2 Phase A current input of excitation CT 2
IB2 Phase B current input of excitation CT 2
IC2 Phase C current input of excitation CT 2

Table 139 Output list of exciting transformer protection

Signal Description
Instantaneous differential protection for exciting
Exc FastDiff Trp
transformer trip
Percentage differential protection for exciting
ExciteDiff Trip
transformer trip
Startup Relay startup
Differential current in differential protection for ex-
ExciteDiff I Alm
citing system exceeds a certain limit

3. Settings
Table 140 Setting value list of excitation differential protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

Excitation differential mini-


1 I_Excite Diff 0.1IETn~20IETn A
mum value of act current
Excite Diff
2 Excitation differential slope 0.2~1.0
Slope
I_ExcTrans Exciting transformer instan-
3 0.1IETn~20IETn A
Fast Diff taneous differential current
ExcT 2Har 2nd-harmonic restrain ratio of
4 0.1~1.0
RestrRatio exciting transformer

Note: IETn represents rated secondary value of excitation protection CT hereafter,


viz 5A or 1A.

177
Chapter 28 Exciting transformer differential protection

Table 141 Control-word bit meaning of excitation differential protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Differential protection for excita-
Excite Diff Prot tion system is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 – OFF
Block excitation differential pro-
Block Excite Diff tection if CT failure
2 0 1 0
if CT Fail 1 - Block
0 – Not block

4. Report
Table 142 Event and alarm report list of exciting differential protection

Report Description
Instantaneous differential protection for exciting
Exc FastDiff Trp
transformer trip
Percentage differential protection for exciting
ExciteDiff Trip
transformer trip
Differential current in differential protection for ex-
ExciteDiff I Alm
citing system exceeds a certain limit

5. Technical data
Main technical data of differential protection for exciting transformer are as
follows.
(1) Current setting range of instantaneous differential protection is
3.0I Tfe ~ 15I Tfe . The permissive error of setting value is less than ±2.5%.

(2) Setting range of percentage restraint operating current is 0.2I Tfe ~ 1.0I Tfe .
The permissive error of setting value is less than ±5% or ±0.02 I n .

(3) Setting range of the percentage restraint slope is 0.3~0.7.


(4) Setting range of the 2nd harmonic restraint ration is 0.1~0.5.
(5) Operating time of the instantaneous differential protection is less than

178
Chapter 28 Exciting transformer differential protection

20ms at 1.5 times of setting current.


(6) Operating time of the percentage restraint differential protection is less
than 30ms at 2 times of setting current.
Note: I Tfe means secondary rated current of exciting transformer, and I n
means rated current of CSC-306 IED.

179
Chapter 29 Excitation over-current protection

Chapter 29 Excitation over-current


protection

About this chapter


This chapter describes excitation over-current and instan-
taneous OC protection for excitation system of generator,
used for exciting transformer or magnetizing exciter.

180
Chapter 29 Excitation over-current protection

1. Protection principle

When longitudinal differential protection is set for exciting transformer or


magnetizing exciter, the excitation over-current is supplied with one stage
over-current, used as the backup protection for exciting transformer or
magnetizing exciter.
When no longitudinal differential protection is set for exciting transformer or
magnetizing exciter, exciting instantaneous over-current protection and one
stage over-current protection are schemed as backup.
The logic diagram of excitation over-current protection is shown in following
figure.

Maximum value of 3 phase currents Excitation over-current


Imax > over-current setting value protection trip (Excite OC Trip)
& TG
Excitation over-current
protection is ON

Figure 70 Logic diagram of excitation over-current protection

The logic diagram of excitation instantaneous over-current protection and


excitation over-current protection is shown as follows.
Maximum value of 3 phase currents
Excitation instantaneous over-current
Imax > excitation instantaneous over-
current setting value TSD protection trip(Excit FastOC Trip)
&
Excitation instantaneous over-
current protection is ON

Maximum value of 3 phase currents Excitation over-current


Imax > over-current setting value protection trip (Excite OC Trip)
TG
&
Excitation over-current
protection is ON

Figure 71 Logic diagram of excitation instantaneous over-current


protection and over-current protection

Note:
The three-phase currents used in excitation (instantaneous) over-current
protection are usually from neutral-point side of magnetizing exciter, or
high-voltage side of exciting transformer

181
Chapter 29 Excitation over-current protection

2. Input and output signals


Excitation over-current and
instantaneous OC protection

IA Startup

Excite (Fast) OC
IB

IC

Figure 72 Excitation overcurrent protection module

Table 143 Analog input list of excitation OC protection

Analog input Description


IA Phase A current input of excitation CT
IB Phase B current input of excitation CT
IC Phase C current input of excitation CT

Table 144 Output list of excitation OC protection

Signal Description
Excite OC Trip Excitation overcurrent protection trip
Excit FastOC Trp Excitation instantaneous overcurrent protection trip
Startup Relay startup

3. Settings
Table 145 Setting value list of excitation (instantaneous) OC protection

No Name Meaning Range Unit

Excitation instantaneous
1 I_Excite Fast OC 0.1IETn~20IETn A
overcurrent set I
T_Excite Fast Excitation instantaneous
2 0s~30s s
OC overcurrent time T

182
Chapter 29 Excitation over-current protection

I_Excite Over-
3 Excitation overcurrent set I 0.1IETn~20IETn A
Cur
T_Excite Over-
4 Excitation overcurrent time T 0s~30s s
Cur

Table 146 Control-word of excitation (instantaneous) OC protection

Default
No. Setting Min. Max. Description
setting
Excitation instantaneous over-
Excite Fast current protection is switched
1 OverCur Prot 0 1 0 ON.
ON 1 - ON
0 – OFF
Excitation overcurrent protection
Excite OverCur is switched ON.
2 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 – OFF

4. Report
Table 147 Event report list of excitation OC protection

Report Description
Excite OC Trip Overcurrent protection trip for exciting system
Instantaneous overcurrent protection trip for exciting
Excit FastOC Trp
system

183
Chapter 30 CT and VT secondary system supervision

Chapter 30 CT and VT Secondary


system supervision

About this chapter


This chapter describes current transformer (CT) and voltage
transformer (VT) secondary system supervision function in gen-
erator protection.

184
Chapter 30 CT and VT secondary system supervision

1. Introduction
According to historical lessons, some relay protection mal-operations are
caused by short-circuit connection of the CT secondary system (such as CT
failure in differential protection circuit), mis-contact or CT failure. Since the
similar abnormality of CT and VT will have impact on protection judgement
the operating status, some measures need to be taken to distinguish this
type of CT and VT abnormality, including wire-breakage failure mainly. To
avoid the mis-function of protection and discover timely the abnormality of CT
and VT circuits, CT and VT failure inspection function is available in the
generator protection IED.

2. CT & VT failure supervision function


2.1 CT failure judgement
In normal cases, the CT failure is judged by checking that one phase of the
total is of no current and there is differential current in this phase.
In the case of sudden change of current, the judgment criterion is as follows:
(1) The current decreases after the sudden change (but not increase)
(2) One of the three phases on the same local side is of no current while the
opposite side 3-phase currents are normal and of no change.
When the conditions above are satisfied, CT is judged as failure. When CT is
tested as failure, delay 1s sends out alarm signal while relevant protections
are blocked as required by users.

2.2 VT failure judgement


2.2.1 Judge VT failure via voltage balance principle
When there are two groups of VT on generator terminal, voltage balance
principle is adopted to distinguish the VT failure of the two groups of VT .
The voltage balance discrimination principle of VT failure is used to compare
the secondary side voltages of the two groups of VT of generator terminal,
namely terminal common VT 1 and longitudinal inter-turn VT 2. When
secondary voltage of a certain VT decreases compared with the other VT, the
failure is discriminated and alarm signal will be sent out after 10s. The logic

185
Chapter 30 CT and VT secondary system supervision

diagram of discrimination of VT failure of voltage balance principle is shown


as follows.

U 2 ab  U 1ab   u
Generator terminal common VT failure
alarm Signal (Gen Term VT Fail)
U 2bc  U1bc   u 1

U 2ca  U1ca   u

U1ab  U 2 ab   u
Generator terminal longitudinal zero-sequence
VT fail alarm signal (Term TurnVT Fai)
U1bc  U 2bc   u 1

U1ca  U 2ca   u

Figure 73 Logic diagram of voltage balancing principle relay

2.2.2 Judge VT failure with only one group of terminal VT


When only one group of generator common VT on terminal side with del-
ta-connecting mode, the following methods are adopted:
(a) When all the three line voltages are less than 20V, any phase current is
more than 0.1A (CT secondary rated current is 1A) or any phase current is
more than 0.3A (CT secondary rated current is 5A), and all the three
phase currents is less than the 1.2 times of rated value, it is judged as
three-phase or two-phase VT failure.
(b) One-phase VT failure is judged when there is negative-sequence voltage
while no negative-sequence current at the same time.
When VT is judged as wire-breakage failure, delay 10s sends out alarm
signal of VT failure, while relevant protections are blocked as required by
users.

2.2.3 Judge VT failure on HV side VT of main transformer


The judgment criterions of VT failure on HV side VT of main transformer are
as follows:
(a) All the three phases voltages are less than 18V, and any phase current
is more than 0.1A (CT secondary rated current is 1A) or any phase current
is more than 0.3A (CT secondary rated current is 5A). Then it is judged as
three-phase loss of voltage, viz. three-phase VT failure.
(b) One-phase or two-phase failure is judged when the vector sum of three

186
Chapter 30 CT and VT secondary system supervision

phase voltages (viz. calculated value of 3U0) is more than 18V and all the
three differences of any two inter-phase voltage amplitudes are also more
than 18V. The condition is used to distinguish one-point earthing system
in neutral, viz. low current earthing system.
(c) The vector sum of three phase voltages (viz. calculated value of 3U0) is
more than 90V and all the three line voltages are less than a certain value
(internally fixed). It is judged as VT two-phase failure when there are par-
allel connected branches in VT circuit
When VT wire-breakage failure is judged, delay 10s sends out CT failure
alarm signal while relevant protections are blocked as required by users.

3. Input and output signals


Maximum configuration is illuminated hereafter.

CT Secondary
Circuit Supervision
IA1, IB1, IC1 CT Failure

IA2, IB2, IC2

IA3, IB3, IC3

IA4, IB4, IC4

IA5, IB5, IC5

IA6, IC6
I01

I02

Figure 74 CT Failure supervision module

Table 148 Analog input list of CT failure judgement

Analog input Description


IA1, IB1, IC1 Three-phase current inputs of generator CT 1
IA2, IB2, IC2 Three-phase current inputs of CT 2
IA3, IB3, IC3 Three-phase current inputs of CT 3
IA4, IB4, IC4 Three-phase current inputs of CT 4
IA5, IB5, IC5 Three-phase current inputs of CT 5
IA6, IC6 Phase A and Phase C current inputs of CT 6

187
Chapter 30 CT and VT secondary system supervision

Analog input Description


Zero-sequence or unbalanced current input of ze-
I01
ro-sequence CT 1
Zero-sequence or unbalanced current input of ze-
I02
ro-sequence CT 2

VT Secondary
Circuit Supervision
IA, IB, IC VT Failure

UA1, UB1, UC1

UA2, UB2, UC2

UA3, UB3, UC3

U01

U02

U03

Figure 75 VT Failure supervision module

Table 149 Analog input list

Analog input Description


IA, IB, IC Three-phase current inputs of generator CT
UA1, UB1, UC1 Three-phase voltage inputs of generator VT 1
UA2, UB2, UC2 Three-phase voltage inputs of VT 2
UA3, UB3, UC3 Three-phase voltage inputs of VT 3
U01 Zero-sequence voltagt input of 3U0 VT 1
U02 Zero-sequence voltagt input of 3U0 VT 2
U03 Zero-sequence voltagt input of 3U0 VT 3

Table 150 Binary output list

Signal Description
CT Fail Current transformer (CT) Failure

188
Chapter 30 CT and VT secondary system supervision

Signal Description
VT Fail Voltage transformer (VT) Failure

4. Alarm report
Table 151 Alarm report list

Alarm report Description


Signal for current transformer(CT) failure of the first CT in
Neutral CT Fail
generator neutral point
Signal for current transformer(CT) failure of the second CT in
Neutral CT2 Fail
generator neutral point
Signal for current transformer(CT) failure of generator terminal
GenTerm CT Fail
CT
Signal for current transformer(CT) failure of reverse-power
RevPower CT Fail
measuring CT
TransDif CT Fail Signal for transverse differential circuit failure
Signal for the first exciting CT failure, i.e. CT in
Excite CT1 Fail high-voltage(HV) side of exciting transformer or neutral point
side of magnetizing exciter
Signal for the second exciting CT failure, i.e. CT in
Excite CT2 Fail low-voltage(LV) side of exciting transformer or terminal of
magnetizing exciter
Signal for voltage transformer(VT) failure of generator termi-
GenTerm VT Fail
nal common VT
Signal for longitudinal zero-sequence VT failure in generator
Term TurnVT Fail
terminal
Signal for voltage transformer(VT) failure of high-voltage side
MainT HV VT Fail
of main transformer VT
Signal for zero-sequence voltage 3U0 circuit failure in gener-
Term 3U0 Fail
ator terminal
Signal for longitudinal zero-sequence voltage 3U0 circuit fail-
Longit 3U0 Fail
ure
Signal for zero-sequence voltage 3U0 circuit failure in gener-
Neutral 3U0 Fail
ator neutral point

189
Chapter 31 Station communication

Chapter 31 Station communication

About this chapter


This chapter describes the communication possibilities in a Sub-
station Automation (SA) system.

190
Chapter 31 Station communication

1 Overview
Each IED is provided with a communication interface, enabling it to connect to
one or many substation level systems or equipment.

The following communication protocols are available:

 LON communication protocol

 IEC 61850-8-1 communication protocol

 IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocol

The IED is able to connect to one or more substation level systems or


equipments simultaneously, through the communication ports and supported
protocols.

1.1 Protocol

1.1.1 LON communication protocol

The LON protocol is specified in the LonTalkProtocol Specification Version 3


from Echelon Corporation. This protocol is designed for communication in
control networks and is a peer-to-peer protocol where all the devices con-
nected to the network can communicate with each other directly.

1.1.2 IEC61850-8 communication protocol

IEC 61850-8-1 allows two or more intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) from
one or several vendors to exchange information and to use it in the perfor-
mance of their functions and for correct co-operation.

GOOSE (Generic Object Oriented Substation Event), which is a part of IEC


61850-8-1 standard, allows the IEDs to communicate state and control in-
formation amongst themselves, using a publish-subscribe mechanism. That
is, upon detecting an event, the IED(s) use a multi-cast transmission to notify
those devices that have registered to receive the data. An IED can, by pub-
lishing a GOOSE message, report its status. It can also request a control ac-
tion to be directed at any device in the network.

191
Chapter 18 Station communication

1.1.3 IEC60870-5-103 communication protocol

The IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocol is mainly used when a protec-


tion IED communicates with a third party control or monitoring system. This
system must have software that can interpret the IEC 60870-5-103 commu-
nication messages.

The IEC 60870-5-103 is an unbalanced (master-slave) protocol for coded-bit


serial communication exchanging information with a control system. In IEC
terminology a primary station is a master and a secondary station is a slave.
The communication is based on a point-to-point principle. The master must
have software that can interpret the IEC 60870-5-103 communication mes-
sages. For detailed information about IEC 60870-5-103, refer to the
“IEC60870 standard” part 5: “Transmission protocols”, and to the section 103:
“Companion standard for the informative interface of protection equipment”.

1.2 Communication port

1.2.1 Front communication port

There is a serial RS232 port on the front plate of all IEDs. Through this port,
the IED can be connected to the personal computer for setting, testing, and
configuration using the dedicated Sifang software tool.

1.2.2 RS485 communication ports

Up to 2 isolated electrical RS485 communication ports are provided to con-


nect with substation automation system. These two ports can work in parallel
for IEC60870-5-103.

1.2.3 Ethernet communication ports

Up to 3 electrical or 2 optical Ethernet communication ports are provided to


connect with substation automation system. These two out of three ports can
work in parallel for protocol, IEC61850 or IEC60870-5-103.

192
Chapter 31 Station communication

1.3 Technical data

Front communication port

Item Data
Number 1
Connection Isolated, RS232; front panel
Communication speed 9600 baud
Max. length of communication cable 15 m

RS485 communication port

Item Data
Number 0~2
Connection 2-wire connector
Rear port in communication module
Max. length of communication cable 1.0 km
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Communication speed Factory setting 9600 baud
Min. 1200 baud, Max. 19200 baud

Ethernet communication port

Item Data
Electrical communication port
Number 0~3
Connection RJ45 connector
Rear port in communication module
Max. length of communication cable 100m
IEC 61850 protocol
Communication speed 100 Mbit/s
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Communication speed 100 Mbit/s
Optical communication port ( optional )
Number 0~2
Connection SC connector
Rear port in communication module

193
Chapter 18 Station communication

Item Data
Optical cable type Multi-mode
Max. length of communication cable 2.0km
IEC 61850 protocol
Communication speed 100 Mbit/s
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Communication speed 100 Mbit/s

Time synchronization

Item Data
Mode Pulse mode
IRIG-B signal format IRIG-B000
Connection 2-wire connector
Rear port in communication module
Voltage levels Differential input

194
Chapter 31 Station communication

2 Typical communication scheme

2.1 Typical substation communication scheme


Server or Server or
Work Station 1 Work Station 2

Switch
Work Station 3 Work Station 4

Net 1: IEC61850/IEC103,Ethernet Port A

Switch Net 2: IEC61850/IEC103,Ethernet Port B Switch


Switch
Switch

Gateway Switch Gateway


or or
converter converter

Net 4: IEC103, RS485 Port B


Net 3: IEC103, RS485 Port A

Figure 76 Connection example for multi-networks of station automation system

2.2 Typical time synchronizing scheme


All IEDs feature a permanently integrated electrical time synchronization port.
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in IRIG-B or pulse format into the
IEDs via time synchronization receivers. The IED can adapt the second or
minute pulse in the pulse mode automatically.

Meanwhile, SNTP network time synchronization can be applied.

Below figure illustrates the optional time synchronization modes.

SNTP IRIG-B Pulse

Ethernet port IRIG-B port Binary input

Figure 77 Time synchronizing modes


195
Chapter 32 Hardware

Chapter 32 Hardware

About this chapter


This chapter describes the IED hardware.

196
Chapter 32 Hardware

1 Introduction

1.1 IED structure


The enclosure for equipment is 19 inches in width and 4U in height according
to IEC 60297-3.

 The equipment is flush mounting with panel cutout and cabinet.

 Connection terminals to other system on the rear.

 The front panel of equipment is aluminum alloy by founding in integer


and overturn downwards. LCD, LED and setting keys are mounted on the
panel. There is a serial interface on the panel suitable for connecting to PC.

 Draw-out modules for serviceability are fixed by lock component.

 The modules can be combined through the bus on the rear board. Both
the equipment and the other system can be combined through the rear in-
terfaces.

1.2 IED appearance

Figure 78 Protection IED front view

197
Chapter 32 Hardware

1.3 IED module arrangement


X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15
AIM AIM AIM CPU CPU CPU COM BIM BIM BOM BOM BOM BOM BOM PSM
Analogue Input module

Analogue Input module

Analogue Input module

Power supply module


Communication mod-

Binary output module

Binary output module

Binary output module

Binary output module

Binary output module


Binary input module

Binary input module


CPU Input module

CPU Input module

CPU Input module


ule

Figure 79 Module arrangement 1(front view, when open the front panel)--CSC306D

X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12


AIM AIM AIM CPU CPU CPU COM BIM BOM BOM BOM PSM
Analogue Input module

Analogue Input module

Analogue Input module

Power supply module


Communication mod-

Binary output module

Binary output module

Binary output module


Binary input module
CPU Input module

CPU Input module

CPU Input module


ule

Figure 80 Module arrangement-2 (front view, when open the front


panel)--CSC306E

1.4 The rear view of the protection IED


Test port For BIM and BOM Ethernet ports
CPU

X13 X12 X11 X10 X9 X8 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1


PSM COM AIM AIM AIM

Figure 81 Rear view of the protection IED

198
Chapter 32 Hardware

2 Local human-machine interface


Setting operation and interrogation of numerical protection systems can be
carried out via the integrated membrane keyboard and display panel located
on the front plate. All the necessary operating parameters can be entered and
all the information can be read out from here, e.g. display, main menu, de-
bugging menu. Operation is, additionally, possible via interface socket by
means of a personal computer or similar.

2.1 Human machine interface

Front panel adopts little arc streamline and beelines sculpt, and function keys
for MMI are reasonably distributed in faceplate. Panel layout is shown as
below figure.

1
5
4

CSC-306

6 7
3 8

Figure 82 Front panel layout for 8 LEDs


1. Liquid crystal display (LCD)
2. LEDs
3. Shortcut function keys
4. Arrow keys
5. Reset key
6. Quit key
7. Set key
8. RS232 communication port

199
Chapter 32 Hardware

2.2 LCD
The LCD is used to monitor the IED.

2.3 Keypad
The keypad is used to operate the IED. The keypad has the same look and
feel in all IEDs in the CSC series. LCD screens and other details may differ
but the way the keys function is identical. The keys used to operate the IED
are described below.

Table 152 Function of keys of the keypad

Key function
SET SET key:
Enters main menu or sub-menu, and confirms the setting changes
QUIT QUIT key:
 Navigates backward the upper menu.
 Cancels current operation and navigates backward the upper
menu.
 Returns normal cycling display mode
 Locks and unlocks current display in the normal cycling display
mode; (the locked display mode is indicated by a key shape icon
on the upright corner of LCD.)
Right arrow key:
 Moves right in menu.
Left arrow key:
 Moves left in menu.
Up arrow key:
 Moves up in menu
 Page up between screens
 Increases value of setting.
Down arrow key
 Moves down in menu
 Page down between screens
 Decreases the value of setting.
RESET key:
 Reset LEDs(except “Run” LED) and reports
 Return to normal cycling display mode directly
RESET

200
Chapter 32 Hardware

2.4 Shortcut keys and functional keys


The shortcut keys and functional keys are below the LCD on the front panel.
These keys are designated to execute the frequent menu operations for us-
er’s convenience. The keys used to operate the IED are described below.

Table 153 function of Shortcut keys and functional keys

Key function
F1 Reserved
F2 Reserved
F3 Reserved
F4 Reserved
+ Plus key:
Switch next setting group forward as active setting group, meaning
the number of setting group plus one.
_ Minus key
Switch next setting group backward as active setting group, meaning

the number of setting group subtracted one.

2.5 LED
The definitions of the LEDs are fixed and described below.

Table 154 Definition of 8 LEDs

No LED Color Description

Steady lighting: Operation normally


1 Run Green
Flashing: IED startup

Steady lighting: Alarm II, meaning abnormal situation,


only the faulty function is out of service. Power supply
for tripping output is not blocked.
8 Alarm Red
Flashing: Alarm I, meaning severe internal fault, all
protections are out of service. And power supply for
tripping outputs is blocked as well.

2.6 Front communication port


There is a serial RS232 port on the front plate of all the IEDs. Through this
port, the IED can be connected to the personal computer for setting, testing,
and configuration using the dedicated Sifang software tool.

201
Chapter 32 Hardware

3 Analog input module

3.1 Introduction

The analogue input module is used to galvanically separate and transform the
secondary currents and voltages generated by the measuring transformers.

There are two types of current transformer: Rated current 5A with linearity
range 0.4A~100A and rated current 1A with linearity range 80mA ~ 20A
(please indicate clearly when order the product).

3.2 Terminals of Analogue Input Module (AIM)

3.2.1 AIM 1

b a

b01 a01
b02 a02
b03 a03
b04 a04
b05 a05
b06 a06
b07 a07

b08 a08
b09 a09

b10 a10

b11 a11
b12 a12

Figure 83 Terminals arrangement of AIM 1

202
Chapter 32 Hardware

Table 155 Description of terminals of AIM 1

Terminal Analogue Input Remark


a01 IA1 Star point
b01 IA1’
a02 IB1 Star point
b02 IB1’
a03 IC1 Star point
b03 IC1’
a04 IA2 Star point
b04 IA2’
a05 IB2 Star point
b05 IB2’
a06 IC2 Star point
b06 IC2’
a07 IN Star point
b07 IN’
a08 U1 Star point
b08 U1N
a09 U2 Star point
b09 U2N
a10 UB Delta point
b10 UC Delta point
a11 UA Delta point
b11 Null

Note: Terminals a12 and b12 are for the CSC306D IED shielding ground.

203
Chapter 32 Hardware

3.2.2 AIM 2

b a

b01 a01
b02 a02
b03 a03
b04 a04
b05 a05
b06 a06
b07 a07

b08 a08
b09 a09

b10 a10

b11 a11
b12 a12

Figure 84 Terminals arrangement of AIM 2

Table 156 Description of terminals of AIM 2

Terminal Analogue Input Remark


a01 IA1 Star point
b01 IA1’
a02 IB1 Star point
b02 IB1’
a03 IC1 Star point
b03 IC1’
a04 IA2 Star point
b04 IA2’
a05 IC2 Star point
b05 IC2’
a06 IN Star point
b06 IN’
a07 Null

204
Chapter 32 Hardware

b07 Null
a08 UB1 Star point
b08 UC1 Star point
a09 UA1 Star point
b09 UN1
a10 UB2 Delta point
b10 UC2 Delta point
a11 UA2 Delta point
b11 Null

Note: Terminals a12 and b12 are for the CSC306D IED shielding ground.

3.2.3 AIM 3

b a

b01 a01
b02 a02
b03 a03
b04 a04
b05 a05
b06 a06
b07 a07

b08 a08
b09 a09

b10 a10

b11 a11
b12 a12

Figure 85 Terminals arrangement of AIM 3

Table 157 Description of terminals of AIM 3

Terminal Analogue Input Remark


a01 IA1 Star point
b01 IA1’

205
Chapter 32 Hardware

a02 IB1 Star point


b02 IB1’
a03 IC1 Star point
b03 IC1’
a04 IA2 Star point
b04 IA2’
a05 IB2 Star point
b05 IB2’
a06 IC2 Star point
b06 IC2’
a07 U1 Star point
b07 U1N
a08 U2 Star point
b08 U2N
a09 U3 Star point
b09 U3N
a10 Null
b10 Null
a11 Null
b11 Null

Note: Terminals a12 and b12 are for the CSC306D IED shielding ground.

3.3 Technical data

3.3.1 Internal current transformer

Item Standard Data


Rated current Ir IEC 60255-1 1 or 5 A
Nominal current range 0.05 Ir to 20 Ir
Nominal current range of 0.005 to 1 A
sensitive CT
Power consumption (per ≤ 0.1 VA at Ir = 1 A;
phase) ≤ 0.5 VA at Ir = 5 A

206
Chapter 32 Hardware

Thermal overload capability IEC 60255-1 100 Ir for 1 s


IEC 60255-27 4 Ir continuous

3.3.2 Internal voltage transformer

Item Standard Data


Rated voltage Vr (ph-ph) IEC 60255-1 100 V /110 V
Nominal range (ph-e) 0.4 V to 120 V
Power consumption at Vr = IEC 60255-27 ≤ 0.1 VA per phase
110 V DL/T 478-2001
Thermal overload capability IEC 60255-27 2 Vr, for 10s
(phase-neutral voltage) DL/T 478-2001 1.5 Vr, continuous

207
Chapter 32 Hardware

4 Communication module

4.1 Introduction

The communication module performs communication between the internal


protection system and external equipments such as HMI, engineering work-
station, substation automation system, RTU, etc., to transmit remote metering,
remote signaling, SOE, event reports and record data.

Up to 3 channels isolated electrical or 2 optical Ethernet ports and up to 2


channels RS485 serial communication ports can be provided in communica-
tion module to meet the communication demands of different substation au-
tomation system and RTU at the same time.

The time synchronization port is equipped, which can work in pulse mode or
IRIG-B mode. SNTP mode can be applied through communication port.

In addition, a series printer port is also reserved.

4.2 Substaion communication port

4.2.1 RS232 communication ports

There is a serial RS232 port on the front plate of all the IEDs. Through this
port, the IED can be connected to the personal computer for setting, testing,
and configuration using the dedicated Sifang software tool.

4.2.2 RS485 communication ports

Up to 2 isolated electrical RS485 communication ports are provided to con-


nect with substation automation system. These two ports can work in parallel
for IEC60870-5-103.

4.2.3 Ethernet communication ports

Up to 3 electrical or 2 optical Ethernet communication ports are provided to

208
Chapter 32 Hardware

connect with substation automation system. Two out of these three ports can
work in parallel for protocol, IEC61850 or IEC60870-5-103.

4.2.4 Time synchronization port

All IEDs feature a permanently integrated electrical time synchronization port.


It can be used to feed timing telegrams in IRIG-B or pulse format into the
IEDs via time synchronization receivers. The IED can adapt the second or
minute pulse in the pulse mode automatically.

Meanwhile, SNTP network time synchronization can also be applied.

4.3 Terminals of Communication Module

01
02 Ethernet port A
03
04
05
06
07 Ethernet port B

08
09
10
11
Ethernet port C
12
13
14
15
16

Figure 86 Terminals arrangement of COM

Table 158 Definition of terminals of COM

Terminal Definition

01 Null
02 Null
03 Null

209
Chapter 32 Hardware

04 Null
05 Optional RS485 port - 2B
06 Optional RS485 port - 2A
07 Optional RS485 port - 1B
08 Optional RS485 port - 1A
09 Time synchronization
10 Time synchronization GND
11 Null
12 Null
13 Null
14 Null
15 Null
16 Null
Ethernet Optional optical fiber or RJ45 port
Port A for station automation system
Ethernet Optional optical fiber or RJ45 port
Port B for station automation system
Ethernet Optional optical fiber or RJ45 port
Port C for station automation system

4.4 Operating reports

Information Description
BI Comm Fail BI communication error
BO Comm Fail BO communication error

4.5 Technical data

4.5.1 Front communication port

Item Data
Number 1
Connection Isolated, RS232; front panel,
9-pin subminiature connector, for soft-
ware tools

210
Chapter 32 Hardware

Communication speed 9600 baud


Max. length of communication cable 15 m

4.5.2 RS485 communication port

Item Data
Number 0 to 2
Connection 2-wire connector
Rear port in communication module
Max. length of communication cable 1.0 km
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
For IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Communication speed Factory setting 9600 baud,
Min. 1200 baud, Max. 19200 baud

4.5.3 Ethernet communication port

Item Data
Electrical communication port
Number 0 to 3
Connection RJ45 connector
Rear port in communication module
Max. length of communication cable 100m
For IEC 61850 protocol
Communication speed 100 Mbit/s
For IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Communication speed 100 Mbit/s
Optical communication port ( optional )
Number 0 to 2
Connection SC connector
Rear port in communication module
Optical cable type Multi-mode
Max. length of communication cable 2.0km
IEC 61850 protocol
Communication speed 100 Mbit/s
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Communication speed 100 Mbit/s

211
Chapter 32 Hardware

4.5.4 Time synchronization

Item Data
Mode Pulse mode
IRIG-B signal format IRIG-B000
Connection 2-wire connector
Rear port in communication module
Voltage levels Differential input

212
Chapter 32 Hardware

5 Binary input module

5.1 Introduction
The binary input module is used to connect the input signals and alarm sig-
nals such as the auxiliary contacts of the circuit breaker (CB), protection
connector, etc.

The negative terminal of power supply for BI module should be connected to


the terminal.

5.2 Terminals of Binary Input Module (BIM)

5.2.1 BIM 1

c a
c02 DC + a02

c04 a04
c06 a06
c08 a08
c10 a10
c12 a12
c14 a14

c16 a16
c18 a18
c20 a20
c22 a22
c24 a24
c26 a26
c28 DC - a28
BO Signal(Alarm I, Non-Latched)
c30 a30
BO Signal(Alarm I, Latched)
c32 a32

Figure 87 Terminals arrangement of BIM 1

213
Chapter 32 Hardware

Table 159 Definition of terminals of BIM 1

Terminal Definition Remark


a04 BI1
a06 BI2
a08 BI3
a10 BI4
a12 BI5
a14 BI6
a16 BI7
a18 BI8
a20 BI9
a22 BI10
a24 BI11
a26 BI12
c04 BI13
c06 BI14
c08 BI15
c10 BI16
c12 BI17
c14 BI18
c16 BI19
c18 BI20
c20 BI21
c22 BI22
c24 BI23
c26 BI24
c02 DC + Input DC + Input terminal of BI module
c28 DC - Input DC - Input terminal of BI module
ac30 BO Signal, Alarm I, non-latched BO contact
ac32 BO Signal, Alarm I, latched BO contact

214
Chapter 32 Hardware

5.2.1 BIM 2

c a
c02 DC + a02

c04 a04
c06 a06
c08 a08
c10 a10
c12 a12
c14 a14

c16 a16
c18 a18
c20 a20
c22 a22
c24 a24
c26 a26
c28 a28
c30 a30
c32 DC - a32

Figure 88 Terminals arrangement of BIM 2

215
Chapter 32 Hardware

Table 160 Definition of terminals of BIM 2

Terminal Definition Remark


a04 BI1
a06 BI2
a08 BI3
a10 BI4
a12 BI5
a14 BI6
a16 BI7
a18 BI8
a20 BI9
a22 BI10
a24 BI11
a26 BI12
a28 BI13
a30 BI14
c04 BI15
c06 BI16
c08 BI17
c10 BI18
c12 BI19
c14 BI20
c16 BI21
c18 BI22
c20 BI23
c22 BI24
c24 BI25
c26 BI26
c28 BI27
C30 BI28
c02 DC + Input DC + Input terminal of BI module
c32 DC - Input DC - Input terminal of BI module

216
Chapter 32 Hardware

5.3 Technical data


Item Standard Data
Response time/reset time IEC60255-1 Software provides
de-bounce time

217
Chapter 32 Hardware

6 Binary output module

6.1 Introduction

The binary output modules mainly provide tripping output contacts, initiating
output contacts and signaling output contacts. All the tripping output relays
have contacts with a high switching capacity and are blocked by protection
startup elements.

6.2 Terminals of Binary Output Module (BOM)

6.2.1 Binary Output Module 1

The module provides 16 output relays for tripping or initiating, with total 16
contacts.

218
Chapter 32 Hardware

R R R R R R R R
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15

c a
c02 a02

c04 a04

c06 a06

c08 a08

c10 a10

c12 a12

c14 a14

c16 a16

c18 a18

c20 a20

c22 a22

c24 a24

c26 a26

c28 a28

c30 a30
Note
c32 a32

R R R R R R R R
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

Note: The last BO, ac32 contact, can be either normally-open or normal-close.
Figure 89 Terminals arrangement of BOM 1

219
Chapter 32 Hardware

Table 161 Definition of terminals of BOM 1

Terminal Definition Related relay

a02 Trip contact 1-1 Output relay 1


c02 Trip contact 1-2 Output relay 1
a04 Trip contact 2-1 Output relay 2
c04 Trip contact 2-2 Output relay 2
a06 Trip contact 3-1 Output relay 3
c06 Trip contact 3-2 Output relay 3
a08 Trip contact 4-1 Output relay 4
c08 Trip contact 4-2 Output relay 4
a10 Trip contact 5-1 Output relay 5
c10 Trip contact 5-2 Output relay 5
a12 Trip contact 6-1 Output relay 6
c12 Trip contact 6-2 Output relay 6
a14 Trip contact 7-1 Output relay 7
c14 Trip contact 7-2 Output relay 7
a16 Trip contact 8-1 Output relay 8
c16 Trip contact 8-2 Output relay 8
a18 Trip contact 9-1 Output relay 9
c18 Trip contact 9-2 Output relay 9
a20 Trip contact 10-1 Output relay 10
c20 Trip contact 10-2 Output relay 10
a22 Trip contact 11-1 Output relay 11
c22 Trip contact 11-2 Output relay 11
a24 Trip contact 12-1 Output relay 12
c24 Trip contact 12-2 Output relay 12
a26 Trip contact 13-1 Output relay 13
c26 Trip contact 13-2 Output relay 13
a28 Trip contact 14-1 Output relay 14
c28 Trip contact 14-2 Output relay 14
a30 Trip contact 15-1 Output relay 15
c30 Trip contact 15-2 Output relay 15
a32 Trip contact 16-1 Output relay 16
c32 Trip contact 16-2 Output relay 16

220
Chapter 32 Hardware

6.2.2 Binary Output Module 2

The module provides 14 output relays for signal.

R R R R R R R R R
1 3 5 7 9 8 6 4 2

c a
c02 a02

c04 a04

c06 a06

c08 a08

c10 a10

c12 a12

c14 a14

c16 a16

c18 a18

c20 a20

c22 a22

c24 a24

c26 a26

c28 a28

c30 a30

c32 a32

R R R R R
10 11 12 13 14

Figure 90 Terminals arrangement of BOM 2

221
Chapter 32 Hardware

Table 162 Definition of terminals of BOM 2

Terminal Definition Related relay


a02 Common terminal of BO signal contact Group 1 in Side A
c02 Common terminal of BO signal contact Group 1 in Side C
a04 Signal contact 1-1 in Group 1 Output relay 1
c04 Signal contact 1-2 in Group 1 Output relay 1
a06 Signal contact 2-1 in Group 1 Output relay 2
c06 Signal contact 2-2 in Group 1 Output relay 2
a08 Signal contact3-1 in Group 1 Output relay 3
c08 Signal contact 3-2 in Group 1 Output relay 3
a10 Signal contact 4-1 in Group 1 Output relay4
c10 Signal contact 4-2 in Group 1 Output relay4
a12 Signal contact 5-1 in Group 1 Output relay 5
c12 Signal contact 5-2 in Group 1 Output relay 5
a14 Signal contact 6-1 in Group 1 Output relay 6
c14 Signal contact 6-2 in Group 1 Output relay 6
a16 Signal contact 7-1 in Group 1 Output relay 7
c16 Signal contact 7-2 in Group 1 Output relay 7
a18 Signal contact 8-1 in Group 1 Output relay 8
c18 Signal contact 8-2 in Group 1 Output relay 8
a20 Signal contact 9-1 in Group 1 Output relay 9
c20 Signal contact 9-2 in Group 1 Output relay 9
a22 Common terminal of BO signal contact Group 2 in Side A
c22 Common terminal of BO signal contact Group 2 in Side C
a24 Signal contact 10-1 in Group 2 Output relay 10
c24 Signal contact 10-2 in Group 2 Output relay 10
a26 Signal contact 11-1 in Group 2 Output relay 11
c26 Signal contact 11-2 in Group 2 Output relay 11
a28 Signal contact 12-1 in Group 2 Output relay 12
c28 Signal contact 12-2 in Group 2 Output relay 12
a30 Signal contact 13-1 in Group 2 Output relay 13
c30 Signal contact 13-2 in Group 2 Output relay 13
a32 Signal contact 14-1 Output relay 14
c32 Signal contact 14-2 Output relay 14

222
Chapter 32 Hardware

6.3 Technical data


Item Standard Data
Max. system voltage IEC60255-1 250V DC/AC
Current carrying capacity IEC60255-1 5 A continuous,
42A, 1s ON, 9s OFF
Making capacity IEC60255-1 1100 W(DC) at inductive
load with L/R>40 ms
1000 VA(AC)
Breaking capacity IEC60255-1 ≥1000 cycles ,
DC220V, 0.15A, t=L/R≤40
ms
DC110V, 0.30A, t=L/R≤40
ms
Unloaded mechanical en- IEC60255-1 50,000,000 cycles (3 Hz
durance switching frequency)
Specification state verifica- IEC60255-1 UL/CSA、TŰV
tion IEC60255-23
IEC61810-1
Contact circuit resistance IEC60255-1 30mΩ
measurement IEC60255-23
IEC61810-1
Open Contact insulation test IEC60255-1 AC1000V 1min
(AC Dielectric strength) IEC60255-27
Maximum temperature of IEC60255-1 55℃
parts and materials

223
Chapter 32 Hardware

7 Power supply module


7.1 Introduction
The power supply module is used to provide the correct internal voltages and
full isolation between the terminal and the battery system. Its power input is
DC 220V or 110V (according to the order code), and its outputs are five
groups of power supply.

(1) +24V two groups provided: Power for inputs of the corresponding bi-
nary inputs of the CPU module

(2) ±12V: Power for A/D

(3) + 5V: Power for all micro-chips

7.2 Terminals of Power Supply Module (PSM)


c a
c02 DC 24V + a02
OUTPUTS
c04 a04
c06 a06

c08 a08
DC 24V -
c10 OUTPUTS
a10
c12 a12
c14 a14

c16 a16
c18 a18

c20 AUX.DC + a20


INPUT
c22 a22

c24 a24
c26 AUX. DC - a26
INPUT
c28 a28
c30 a30

c32 a32

Figure 91 Terminals arrangement of PSM

224
Chapter 32 Hardware

Table 163 Definition of terminals of PSM

Terminal Definition

a02 AUX.DC 24V+ output 1


c02 AUX.DC 24V+ output 2
a04 AUX.DC 24V+ output 3
c04 AUX.DC 24V+ output 4
a06 Isolated terminal, not wired
c06 Isolated terminal, not wired
a08 AUX.DC 24V- output 1
c08 AUX.DC 24V- output 2
a10 AUX.DC 24V- output 3
c10 AUX.DC 24V- output 4
a12 AUX.DC 24V- output 5
c12 AUX.DC 24V- output 6
a14 Alarm contact A1, for AUX.DC power input failure
c14 Alarm contact A0, for AUX.DC power input failure
a16 Alarm contact B1, for AUX.DC power input failure
c16 Alarm contact B0, for AUX.DC power input failure
a18 Isolated terminal, not wired
c18 Isolated terminal, not wired
a20 AUX. power input 1, DC +
c20 AUX. power input 2, DC +
a22 AUX. power input 3, DC +
c22 AUX. power input 4, DC +
a24 Isolated terminal, not wired
c24 Isolated terminal, not wired
a26 AUX. power input 1, DC -
c26 AUX. power input 2, DC -
a28 AUX. power input 3, DC -
c28 AUX. power input 4, DC -
a30 Isolated terminal, not wired
c30 Isolated terminal, not wired
a32 Terminal for earthing
c32 Terminal for earthing

225
Chapter 32 Hardware

7.3 Technical data


Item Data
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 110~250V DC
Permissible tolerance ±%20 Uaux
Power consumption
Normal operation ≤ 30 W
Tripping condition ≤ 50 W

226
Chapter 32 Hardware

8 Technical data

8.1 Basic data

8.1.1 Frequency

Item Data
System rated frequency 50 Hz

8.1.2 Internal current transformer

Item Data
Rated current Ir 1 or 5 A
Nominal current range (0.05 – 20)x Ir
Power consumption (per phase) ≤ 0.1 VA at Ir = 1 A;
≤ 0.5 VA at Ir = 5 A
Thermal overload capability 100 x Ir for 1 s
4 x Ir continuous

8.1.3 Internal voltage transformer

Item Data
Rated voltage Vr (ph-ph) 100-120
Nominal range (ph-e) 0.4 V to 120 V
Power consumption at Vr = 110 V ≤ 0.1 VA per phase
Thermal overload capability 2Vr, for 10s
(phase-neutral voltage) 1.5Vr, continuous

8.1.4 Auxiliary voltage

Item Standard Data


Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux IEC60255-1 110 to 250V DC

227
Chapter 32 Hardware

Item Standard Data


Permissible tolerance IEC60255-1 ±%20 Uaux
Power consumption at qui- IEC60255-1 ≤ 50 W
escent state
Power consumption at IEC60255-1 ≤ 60 W
maximum load
Inrush Current IEC60255-1 T ≤ 10 ms/I≤ 25 A

8.1.5 Binary inputs

Item Standard Data


Input voltage range IEC60255-1 110/125 V DC
220/250 V DC
Threshold 1: guarantee IEC60255-1 154V, for 220/250V DC
operation 77V, for 110V/125V DC
Threshold 2: uncertain IEC60255-1 132V, for 220/250V DC;
operation 66V, for 110V/125V DC
Response time/reset time IEC60255-1 Software provides
de-bounce time
Power consumption, en- IEC60255-1 Max. 0.2 W/input, 24V DC
ergized Max. 0.5 W/input, 110V DC
Max. 1 W/input, 220V DC

8.1.6 Binary outputs

Item Standard Data


Max. system voltage IEC60255-1 250V DC/AC
Current carrying capacity IEC60255-1 5 A continuous,
42A,1s ON, 9s OFF
Making capacity IEC60255-1 1100 W(DC) at inductive load
with L/R>40 ms
1000 VA(AC)
Breaking capacity IEC60255-1 ≥1000 cycles ,
DC220V, 0.15A, t=L/R≤40 ms
DC110V, 0.30A, t=L/R≤40 ms
Unloaded mechanical en- IEC60255-1 50,000,000 cycles (3 Hz switch-
durance ing frequency)

228
Chapter 32 Hardware

Item Standard Data


Specification state verifica- IEC60255-1 UL/CSA、TŰV
tion IEC60255-23
IEC61810-1
Contact circuit resistance IEC60255-1 30mΩ
measurement IEC60255-23
IEC61810-1
Open Contact insulation test IEC60255-1 AC1000V 1min
(AC Dielectric strength) IEC60255-27
Maximum temperature of IEC60255-1 55℃
parts and materials

8.2 Type tests

8.2.1 Product safety-related Tests

Item Standard Data


Over voltage category IEC60255-27 Category III
Pollution degree IEC60255-27 Degree 2
Insulation IEC60255-27 Basic insulation
Degree of protection (IP) IEC60255-27 Front plate: IP40
IEC 60529 Rear, side, top and bottom: IP
30
Power frequency high voltage IEC 60255-5 2KV, 50Hz
withstand test ANSI C37.90 2.8kV DC
GB/T 15145-2001 between the following circuits:
DL/T 478-2001  auxiliary power supply
 CT / VT inputs
 binary inputs
 binary outputs
 case earth
500V, 50Hz
between the following circuits:
 Communication ports to
case earth
 time synchronization termi-
nals to case earth
Impulse voltage test IEC60255-5 5kV (1.2/50μs, 0.5J)

229
Chapter 32 Hardware

Item Standard Data


IEC 60255-27 if Ui≥63V
ANSI C37.90 1kV if Ui<63V
GB/T 15145-2001 Tested between the following
DL/T 478-2001 circuits:
 auxiliary power supply
 CT / VT inputs
 binary inputs
 binary outputs
 case earth
Note: Ui: Rated voltage
Insulation resistance IEC60255-5 ≥ 100 MΩ at 500 VDC
IEC 60255-27
ANSI C37.90
GB/T 15145-2001
DL/T 478-2001
Protective bonding resistance IEC60255-27 ≤ 0.1Ω
Fire withstand/flammability IEC60255-27 Class V2

8.2.2 Electromagnetic immunity tests

Item Standard Data


1 MHz burst immunity test IEC60255-22-1 class III
IEC60255-26 2.5 kV CM ; 1 kV DM
IEC61000-4-18 Tested on the following circuits:
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1  auxiliary power supply
 CT / VT inputs
 binary inputs
 binary outputs
1 kV CM ; 0 kV DM
Tested on the following circuits:
 communication ports
Electrostatic discharge IEC 60255-22-2 Level 4
IEC 61000-4-2 8 kV contact discharge;
15 kV air gap discharge;
both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330
Ω
Radiated electromagnetic IEC 60255-22-3 frequency sweep:
field disturbance test 80 MHz – 1 GHz; 1.4 GHz – 2.7 GHz

230
Chapter 32 Hardware

Item Standard Data


spot frequencies:
80 MHz; 160 MHz; 380 MHz; 450
MHz; 900 MHz; 1850 MHz; 2150
MHz
10 V/m
AM, 80%, 1 kHz
Radiated electromagnetic IEC 60255-22-3 pulse-modulated
field disturbance test 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition rate
200 Hz, on duration 50 %
Electric fast transient/burst IEC 60255-22-4, class A, 4KV
immunity test IEC 61000-4-4 Tested on the following circuits:
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1  auxiliary power supply
 CT / VT inputs
 binary inputs
 binary outputs
class A, 2KV
Tested on the following circuits:
 communication ports
Surge immunity test IEC 60255-22-5 4.0kV L-E
IEC 61000-4-5 2.0kV L-L
Tested on the following circuits:
 auxiliary power supply
 CT / VT inputs
 binary inputs
 binary outputs
2.0kV L-E
Tested on the following circuits:
 communication ports
Conduct immunity test IEC 60255-22-6 frequency sweep: 150 kHz – 80
IEC 61000-4-6 MHz
spot frequencies: 27 MHz and 68
MHz
10 V
AM, 80%, 1 kHz
Power frequency immunity IEC60255-22-7 Class A
test 300 V CM
150 V DM
Power frequency magnetic IEC 61000-4-8 level 4
field test 30 A/m cont. / 300 A/m 1 s to 3 s

231
Chapter 32 Hardware

Item Standard Data


100 kHz burst immunity test IEC61000-4-18 2.5 kV CM ; 1 kV DM
Tested on the following circuits:
 auxiliary power supply
 CT / VT inputs
 binary inputs
 binary outputs
1 kV CM ; 0 kV DM
Tested on the following circuits:
 communication ports

8.2.3 DC voltage interruption test

Item Standard Data


DC voltage dips IEC 60255-11 100% reduction 80 ms
60% reduction 200 ms
30% reduction 500 ms
DC voltage interruptions IEC 60255-11 100% reduction 5 s
DC voltage ripple IEC 60255-11 15%, twice rated frequency
DC voltage gradual IEC 60255-11 60 s shut down ramp
shut–down /start-up 5 min power off
60 s start-up ramp
DC voltage reverse polarity IEC 60255-11 1 min

8.2.4 Electromagnetic emission test

Item Standard Data


Radiated emission IEC60255-25 30MHz to 1GHz ( IT device
CISPR22 may up to 5 GHz)
Conducted emission IEC60255-25 0.15MHz to 30MHz
CISPR22

8.2.5 Mechanical tests

Item Standard Data


Sinusoidal Vibration re- IEC60255-21-1 class 1
sponse test 10 Hz to 60 Hz: 0.075 mm

232
Chapter 32 Hardware

Item Standard Data


60 Hz to 150 Hz: 1 g
1 sweep cycle in each axis
Relay energized
Sinusoidal Vibration en- IEC60255-21-1 class 1
durance test 10 Hz to 150 Hz: 1 g
20 sweep cycle in each axis
Relay non-energized
Shock response test IEC60255-21-2 class 1
5 g, 11 ms duration
3 shocks in both directions of
3 axes
Relay energized
Shock withstand test IEC60255-21-2 class 1
15 g, 11 ms duration
3 shocks in both directions of
3 axes
Relay non-energized
Bump test IEC60255-21-2 class 1
10 g, 16 ms duration
1000 shocks in both direc-
tions of 3 axes
Relay non-energized
Seismic test IEC60255-21-3 class 1
X-axis 1 Hz to 8/9 Hz: 7.5 mm
X-axis 8/9 Hz to 35 Hz :2 g
Y-axis 1 Hz to 8/9 Hz: 3.75
mm
Y-axis 8/9 Hz to 35 Hz :1 g
1 sweep cycle in each axis,
Relay energized

8.2.6 Climatic tests

Item Standard Data


Cold test - Operation IEC60255-27 -10°C, 16 hours, rated load
IEC60068-2-1
Cold test – Storage IEC60255-27 -25°C, 16 hours
IEC60068-2-1

233
Chapter 32 Hardware

Item Standard Data


Dry heat test – Operation [IEC60255-27 +55°C, 16 hours, rated load
IEC60068-2-2
Dry heat test – Storage IEC60255-27 +70°C, 16 hours
IEC60068-2-2
Change of temperature IEC60255-27 Test Nb, figure 2, 5 cycles
IEC60068-2-14 -10°C / +55°C
Damp heat static test IEC60255-27 +40°C, 93% r.h. 10 days,
IEC60068-2-78 rated load
Damp heat cyclic test IEC60255-27 +55°C, 93% r.h. 6 cycles,
IEC60068-2-30 rated load

8.2.7 CE Certificate

Item Data
EN 61000-6-2 and EN61000-6-4 (EMC
EMC Directive
Council Directive 2004/108/EC)
EN 60255-27 (Low-voltage directive
Low voltage directive
2006/95 EC).

8.3 IED design


Item Data
Case size 4U×19inch
Weight ≤ 8kg

234
Chapter 33 Appendix

Chapter 33 Appendix

About this chapter


This chapter gives setting-value list and report list, taking one
kind configuration of one type CSC-306D for example.

235
Chapter 33 Appendix

Note: Setting-value list and report list in this chapter are illustrated
according to one kind configuration of one type CSC-306D
generator protection IED with one version.

As for generator protection IED with other configuration, type


and version, there are some minor differences from here.

1 Setting-values list
1.1 Equipment parameter
Table 164 Equipment parameter list

No Setting Name Meaning Remark/Range

1. Generator Config CW Control word for generator configuration Refer to Table 165
2. Switch TripMode CW Control word for switch tripping mode Refer to Table 7
0000H~FFFFH
Generator and excitation-system differ-
3. Gen/Excite Diff Trip Here and hereafter, re-
ential protection trip control-word
fer to Table 167
4. Interturn Trip Interturn protection trip control-word 0000H~FFFFH
Generator backup overcurrent protec-
5. Gen OverCur T1 Trip 0000H~FFFFH
tion T1 trip
Generator backup overcurrent protec-
6. Gen OverCur T2 Trip 0000H~FFFFH
tion T2 trip
Generator backup overcurrent protec-
7. Gen OverCur Trip2 0000H~FFFFH
tion trip-2, switch tripping mode
Generator backup distance protection
8. Gen Distance T11 Trp 0000H~FFFFH
T11 trip, the 1st delay in Stage 1
Generator backup distance protection
9. Gen Distance T12 Trp 0000H~FFFFH
T12 trip, the 2nd delay in Stage 1
Generator backup distance protection
10. Gen Distance T21 Trp 0000H~FFFFH
T21 trip, the 1st delay in Stage 2
Generator backup distance protection
11. Gen Distance T22 Trp 0000H~FFFFH
T22 trip, the 2nd delay in Stage 2
Generator backup distance protection
12. Gen Distance Trip2 0000H~FFFFH
trip-2, switch tripping mode
1st-harmonic zero-sequence voltage
13. 1Har U0 SEFP Trip 0000H~FFFFH
stator earth fault protection(SEFP) trip
1st-harmonic zero-sequence current
14. 1Har I0 SEFP Trip 0000H~FFFFH
stator earth fault protection(SEFP) trip
3rd-harmonic zero-sequence voltage
15. 3Har U0 SEFP Trip 0000H~FFFFH
stator earth fault protection(SEFP) trip

236
Chapter 33 Appendix
16. Rotor 1Pt Earth Trip Rotor single-earth protection trip 0000H~FFFFH
17. Rotor 2Pt Earth Trip Rotor double-earth protection trip 0000H~FFFFH
Generator terminal under-voltage trip
18. LossExcite Gen UV T5 with T5 delay in loss-of-excitation pro- 0000H~FFFFH
tection
Generator terminal under-voltage trip
19. LossExcite Gen UV T6 with T6 delay in loss-of-excitation pro- 0000H~FFFFH
tection
HV busbar under-voltage trip with T7
20. LossExcite Bus UV T7 0000H~FFFFH
delay in loss-of-excitation protection
Impedance criterion trip in
21. LossExcite Impedance 0000H~FFFFH
loss-of-excitation protection
Loss-of-excitation protection trip-2,
22. LossExcite Trip2 0000H~FFFFH
switch tripping mode
Stator symmetrical overload protection
23. Symmetric OvLd Trip 0000H~FFFFH
trip
Stator symmetrical overload protection
24. Symmetric OvLd Trip2 0000H~FFFFH
trip-2, switch tripping mode
25. Unsymmetr OvLd Trip Unsymmetrical overload protection trip 0000H~FFFFH
Unsymmetrical overload protection
26. Unsymmetr OvLd Trip2 0000H~FFFFH
trip-2, switch tripping mode
27. Rotor OvLd Trip Rotor overload protection trip 0000H~FFFFH
Rotor overload protection trip-2, switch
28. Rotor OvLd Trip2 0000H~FFFFH
tripping mode
29. Over Voltage Trip Over-voltage protection trip 0000H~FFFFH
Over-voltage protection trip-2, switch
30. Over Voltage Trip2 0000H~FFFFH
tripping mode
31. Over Excite Trip Over-excitation protection trip 0000H~FFFFH
Over-excitation protection trip-2, switch
32. Over Excite Trip2 0000H~FFFFH
tripping mode
33. Reverse Power Trip Reverse power protection trip 0000H~FFFFH
Sequence-trip reverse power protection
34. Seq RevPower Trip 0000H~FFFFH
trip
Sequence-trip reverse power protection
35. Seq RevPower Trip2 0000H~FFFFH
trip-2, switch tripping mode
36. Loss Synchron Trip Loss-of-synchronism protection trip 0000H~FFFFH
Loss-of-synchronism protection trip-2,
37. Loss Synchron Trip2 0000H~FFFFH
switch tripping mode
38. Start/Shut Trip Startup / shutdown protection trip 0000H~FFFFH
Mis-close circuit breaker(CB) protection
39. MisClose CB Trip 0000H~FFFFH
trip
40. Excite Fast OC Trip Excitation instantaneous overcurrent 0000H~FFFFH

237
Chapter 33 Appendix
protection trip
41. Excite OverCur Trip Excitation overcurrent protection trip 0000H~FFFFH
42. Shaft Current Trip Shaft current protection trip 0000H~FFFFH
43. O/U Frequency Trip Over / Under frequency protection trip 0000H~FFFFH
44. BI Prot 1 Trip Binary input 1 (BI1) protection trip 0000H~FFFFH

Note:
Each “…trip-2” above is used for switch tripping mode. At this time tripping
mode connector should also be switched on. As for generator overcurrent
protection trip-2, distance protection trip-2 and loss-of-excitation protection
trip-2, relevant tripping mode control-word shown in Table 166 “Bit meaning of
switch tripping mode control-word” should be set as “1” too.

Table 165 Bit meaning of generator configuration control-word


Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting
The CT number in generator neutral side
Gen Neutral 2 1- There are 2 groups CT in gen neutral
1. 0 1 0
Diff CTs side
0- There is 1 group CT in gen neutral side
Current used main differential protection
and backup protection
Main/Backup CT 1- Differential protection and backup pro-
2. 0 1 0
Not Same tection use differential CT.
0- Differential protection and backup pro-
tection use same CT.
Current used in overcurrent(OC) and over-
load(OL) protections
OC/OvLd Uses 1 - OC and OL protections use currents of
3. 0 1 0
GenTerminal CT generator terminal CT.
0 - OC and OL protections use currents of
neutral side CT
Current used in other protections (Refer to
Note below)
Other Prot Use 1 - Other protections use currents of gener-
4. 0 1 1
Terminal CT ator terminal CT.
0 - Other protections use currents of neutral
side CT

Gen Neutral VT VT in generator neutral side


5. 0 1 1
Exist 1 - There is VT in generator neutral side

238
Chapter 33 Appendix
Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting
0 - There is not VT in generator neutral side.

The VT number used in VT fail judgment.


2-VT Balance VT 1 - VT fail judgment uses 2 groups VT bal-
6. 0 1 0
Fail Judge ance mode.
0 - VT fail judgment use only 1 group VT.
E3 Change judgment in stator earth fault
E3 Change protection (SEFP) is switched ON.
7. 0 1 1
Judge ON 1 - ON.
0 - OFF
Generator trip failure judgment is switched
Gen Trip Fail ON.
8. 0 1 0
Judge ON 1 - ON.
0 - OFF
Differential half-cycle arithmetic is switched
Diff HalfCycle ON.
9. 0 1 1
Arith ON 1 - ON.
0 - OFF
HV zero-sequence voltage U0 in SEFP
HV U0 Block
10. 0 1 1 1 - HV U0 blocks SEFP
SEFP
0 - HV U0 does not block SEFP
Origin of genartaor rotor signal-earth binary
Rotor 1Pt Earth input (BI)
11. 0 1 1
BI Interior 1 - The BI is from the CSC306 IED interior.
0 - The BI is from the CSC306 IED external.
CT Saturation judgment is switched ON.
CT Saturation
12. 0 1 1 1 - ON.
Judge ON
0 - OFF
Current abrupt-change startup judgment is
AbruptCurrent switched ON.
13. 0 1 1
Start ON 1 - ON.
0 - OFF
Set connector mode (Note)
Midst Connector
14. 0 1 0 1 - Midst connector mode
Mode
0 - Function connector mode

Note:
Control-word bits of equipment parameter in above Table are suggested to be

239
Chapter 33 Appendix
set as follows.
1. No. 1 is fixed as “0” in CSC-306D equipment, set as read-only attribute.
2. No. 2 is defaulted as “0” in CSC-306. It is set as “1” only when main differential
protection and backup protections use different CTs. Then current channels of all
backup protections are from Group 2 CT in neutral point of generator.
No. 1 and No. 2 must not be set as “1” at the same time.
3. No. 3 and No. 4 are used to choose current channels of backup protections when
No. 2 is set as “0”.
“Other protections” in No. 4 means other protections except over-current protec-
tion, overload protection, distance protection and negative-sequence directional
interturn protection. In detail, other protections in No. 4 include the SEFP,
loss-of-excitation protection, reverse power protection, sequence -trip reverse
power protection, loss-of-synchronism protection, over/under frequency protection,
startup/shutdown protection, mis-close CB protection.
4. No. 5 should be set the same as the actual case. It should be set as “1” when there
is VT in neutral point of generator. If it is set as “0”, the 3rd harmonic voltage SEFP
will be out of service
5. No. 6 is set as “1” when there is special VT used for inter-turn protection in gener-
ator terminal. There are totally two groups of VT under the circumstances, besides
the ordinary generator VT.
6. No. 7 is used for the 3rd harmonic voltage SEFP. It is set as “0” only during testing
for convenience. It must be set as “1” in actual application.
7. No. 8 is generally set as “0”, meaning not judge generator trip failure. When it is
set as “1”, CSC-306 equipment will send out “Trip Failure” report and block its
protection output if short-circuit fault still exists after differential protection acts to
trip.
8. No. 9 is defaulted set as “1”, meaning that half-cycle arithmetic is switched ON in
longitudinal differential protection. In this instance, differential protection can act in
later half-cycle after protection startup. If half-cycle arithmetic is OFF, namely No. 9
is set “0”, longitudinal differential protection can act to output only one cycle after
protection startup.
9. No. 10 is defaulted set as “1”, meaning that zero-sequence voltage in HV side of
main transformer may block the 1 st harmonic zero voltage SEFP. In this instance,
the HV zero-sequence voltage will be judged before 1st harmonic zero voltage
SEFP starts up. The SEFP can startup only when the HV zero-sequence voltage
less than 15V. If No. 10 is set as “0”, the HV zero-sequence voltage need not be
judged.
10. No. 11 relates to rotor single-earth BI, which is used for generator transverse dif-
ferential inter-turn protection and rotor double-earth protection. If rotor single-earth
protection is fulfilled by device attached with exciting circuit itself, No. 11 should be
set as “0” meaning that rotor single-earth DI is from external device. If rotor sin-
gle-earth protection is fulfilled by CSC-306 protective equipment itself, if should be
set as “1” meaning that rotor single-earth BI is from interior.
11. No. 12 is used for CT saturation judgment. It is defaulted as “1”, meaning that CT
saturation judgment is switched ON.
12. No. 13 is used to switch ON/OFF abrupt-change startup judgment. It is defaulted
as “1” meaning switch ON abrupt-change startup judgment. In this instance,
CSC-306 equipment will judge abrupt-change startup of all groups CT in generator

240
Chapter 33 Appendix
terminal, neutral point and excitation system. If any abrupt-change current ex-
ceeds a certain threshold, the equipment will send out report of generator protec-
tion startup.
13. No. 14 is generally set as “0” meaning function connector mode. In this instance, a
protection will neither signal nor trip when connector of this protection is switched
off. If No. 14 is set as “1” and a protection connector is switched off also, the pro-
tection will operate according to its ON/OFF status in its control-word. If the pro-
tection is switched ON in control-word, it will only signal without tripping after its
acting.
Generator 3rd harmonic SEFP protection and rotor double-earth fault protection
are fixed as midst connector mode, not affected by the value of No. 14.

Table 166 Bit meaning of switch tripping mode control-word


Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting
Switch tripping mode of the 1 st delay of
Gen OverCur T1 generator overcurrent protection
1. 0 1 0
Switch 1- Switch tripping mode.
0- Not switch tripping mode.
Switch tripping mode of the 2nd delay of
Gen OverCur T2 generator overcurrent protection
2. 0 1 0
Switch 1- Switch tripping mode.
0- Not switch tripping mode.
Switch T11 tripping mode (Delay 1 of Stage
Gen Distance 1) in generator distance protection
3. 0 1 0
T11 Switch 1- Switch tripping mode.
0- Not switch tripping mode.
Switch T12 tripping mode (Delay 2 of Stage
Gen Distance 1) in generator distance protection
4. 0 1 0
T12 Switch 1- Switch tripping mode.
0- Not switch tripping mode.
Switch T21 tripping mode (Delay 1 of Stage
Gen Distance 2) in generator distance protection
5. 0 1 0
T21 Switch 1- Switch tripping mode.
0- Not switch tripping mode.
Switch T22 tripping mode (Delay 2 of Stage
Gen Distance T2 2) in generator distance protection
6. 0 1 0
Switch 1- Switch tripping mode.
0- Not switch tripping mode.
Switch tripping mode of busbar un-
der-voltage trip in loss-of-excitation protec-
LossExcite Bus tion
7. 0 1 0
UV Switch
1- Switch tripping mode.
0- Not switch tripping mode.

241
Chapter 33 Appendix
Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting
Switch tripping mode of impedance criterion
LossExcite Im- trip in loss-of-excitation protection
8. 0 1 0
peTrp Switch 1- Switch tripping mode.
0- Not switch tripping mode.

Note:
Above Tableis used to switch tripping mode. As for generator overcurrent pro-
tection, distance protection and loss-of-excitation protection, tripping mode is
“…trip-2” (shown in Table 164 “Equipment parameter list” ) when above con-
trol-word bits are set as “1” and relevant tripping mode connectors are also
switched on.

Table 167 Bit meaning of tripping control-word


Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting
1 - Trip the 1st circuit breaker (CB1)
1. Trip CB1 0 1 0
0 – Not trip CB1
1 - Trip the 2nd circuit breaker (CB2)
2. Trip CB2 0 1 0
0 – Not Trip CB2
1 - Startup the function of circuit
3. Startup CBF 0 1 0 breaker failure (CBF)
0 - Not Startup CBF function
1 - Trip the 1st branch (Branch_A) of
4. Trip Branch_A CB 0 1 0 CB
0 – Not Trip Branch_A CB
1 - Trip the 2nd branch (Branch_B) CB
5. Trip Branch_B CB 0 1 0
0 – Not Trip Branch_B CB
1 – Startup quickly-switch auxiliary
6. Start Quick Switch 0 1 0 system
0 – Not Start Quick Switch
1 - Trip Magnetic Switch of generator,
Trip Magnetic i.e. field suppression switch
7. 0 1 0
Switch
0 – Not Trip Magnetic Switch

1 - Close main throttle valve of steam


turbine, or water guide blade of hy-
8. Close Turbine 0 1 0 dro-turbine
0 - Not close throttle valve or water
blade

242
Chapter 33 Appendix
Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting
1 – The 1st spare binary output(BO) is
9. Future Use 1 YES 0 1 0 ON
0 - The 1st spare BO is OFF
1 – The 2nd BO is ON
10. Future Use 2 YES 0 1 0
0 - The 2nd BO is OFF
1 – The 3rd BO is ON
11. Future Use 3 YES 0 1 0
0 - The 3rd BO is OFF
1 – The 4th BO is ON
12. Future Use 4 YES 0 1 0
0 - The 4th BO is OFF
1 – The 5th BO is ON
13. Future Use 5 YES 0 1 0
0 - The 5th BO is OFF
1 – The 6th BO is ON
14. Future Use 6 YES 0 1 0
0 - The 6th BO is OFF

243
Chapter 33 Appendix

1.2 General common setting values (Gen Common Set)


Table 168 Generator common setting values (Gen Common Set)

No Setting Name Meaning Range&Unit

1 S_Gen Rated Capacity Generator rated capacity 0MVA~2000MVA

2 Gen Rated PwrFactor Generator rated power factor 0.1~1

3 U_Gen Rated Volt Generator rated voltage 0.1 kV~100kV

4 GenTerminal VT Ratio Generator terminal VT ratio 1~1000

Generator terminal
5 GenTerm ZeroVT Ratio 1~1000
zero-voltage VT ratio

Generator terminal CT pri-


6 I_Gen Term CT Prim .01kA~99kA
mary value

Generator terminal CT sec-


7 I_Gen Term CT Sec 1A, 5A
ondary value

8 I_Gen Neut CT Prim Neutral CT primary value .01kA~99kA

9 I_Gen Neut CT Sec Neutral CT secondary value 1A, 5A

10 I_Gen Neut CT2 Prim Neutral CT2 primary value .01kA~99kA

11 I_Gen Neut CT2 Sec Neutral CT2 primary value 1A, 5A

12 Neut Zero VT Ratio Neutral zero-voltage VT ratio 1~1000

Transverse differential CT
13 I_TransDiff CT Sec 1A, 5A
secondary value

Table 169 Control-word bit meaning of generator common setting values

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting
Generator CT Failure judgement
is switched ON.
1. CT Failure Judge ON 0 1 0
1 - ON
0 - OFF
Generator terminal VT Failure
GenTerm VT Failure judgement is switched ON.
2. 0 1 0
Judge ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

244
Chapter 33 Appendix

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting
Main transformer high-voltage
MainT HV VT Failure (HV) side VT Failure judgement
3. 0 1 0 is switched ON.
Judge ON
1 - ON 0 - OFF

Note:
If “CT Failure Judge ON” is set as “0”, means to exit all CTs failure judge. It’s
only used when testing and debugging.

245
Chapter 33 Appendix

1.3 Excitation common setting values (Excite Com Set)


Table 170 Excitation common setting values (Excite Com Set)

No Setting Name Meaning Range&Unit Remark

CT secondary value of mag-


1 I_Exciter CT Sec 1A, 5A Only for
netizing exciter
magnetiz-
Balanced coefficient of mag- ing exciter
2 Exciter Balance Coef 0.01~100
netizing exciter

Connecting clock of exciting


3 ExcTrans Connect Clk 1~12
transformer

0MVA~1000
4 S_ExcTrans Capacity Capacity of exciting transformer
MVA

Rated voltage of exciting


0.1kV~1000
5 U_ExcTrans HV Rated transformer high-voltage(HV)
kV
side

Rated voltage of exciting


0.01kV~1000 Only for
6 U_ExcTrans LV Rated transformer low-voltage(LV)
kV exciting
side
transformer
CT primary value of exciting
7 I_ExcTrans H_CT Prim .01kA~99kA
transformer r HV side

CT secondary value of exciting


8 I_ExcTrans H_CT Sec 1A, 5A
transformer HV side

CT primary value of exciting


9 I_ExcTrans L_CT Prim .01kA~99kA
transformer LV side

CT secondary value of exciting


10 I_ExcTrans L_CT Sec 1A, 5A
transformer LV side

246
Chapter 33 Appendix

Table 171 Control-word bit meaning of excitation common setting value

Default Remark
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

Set excitation mode


Magnetizing Ex-
1 0 1 0 1 - Magnetizing exciter mode
citer Mode
0 - Exciting transformer mode
Working frequency of the
Main Exciter is main magnetizing exciter
2 0 1 0
100Hz 1 - Main exciter is 100Hz
0 - Main Exciter is 50Hz
Only for
Main exciter is of 2-phase or magnetiz-
3-phase mode ing exciter
MainExciter Uses 1 - Main exciter uses 2-phase
3 0 1 0
2Ph Cur currents
0 - Main exciter uses 3-phase
currents
Exciting transformer’s
star-delta (Y-D) conversion
ExciteTrans Y-D 1 - implement Y-D exteriorly
4 0 1 0
Exterior (exterior wiring)
0 - implement Y-D interiorly
(interior software)
Only for
HV side wiring mode of ex- exciting
ExciteTrans HV citing transformer trans-
5 0 1 0
Delta-connect 1 - Delta-connected former
0 - Y-connected
LV side wiring mode of excit-
ExciteTrans LV ing transformer
6 0 1 0
Delta-connect 1 - Delta-connected
0 - Y-connected

247
Chapter 33 Appendix

1.4 Generator calculated parameter (Gen CalculPara)


Table 172 Calculated parameter list (Gen CalculPara)

No Setting Name Meaning Unit

1 I_Gen Prim Rated Generator rated current of primary side kA


2 I_Gen Sec Rated Generator rated current of secondary side A
Neutral-point rated current of secondary
3 I_Neut Sec Rated A
side
4 U_Gen Sec Rated Gen rated voltage of secondary side V
Rated primary current of exciting trans-
5 I_ExcTrans PrimRated kA
former HV side
Rated secondary current of exciting
6 I_ExcTrans Sec Rated A
transformer HV side
Rated primary current of exciting trans-
7 I_ExcTrans PrimRated kA
former LV side
Rated secondary current of exciting
8 I_ExcTrans Sec Rated A
transformer LV side
Balanced coefficient of exciting trans-
9 ExcTrans BalanceCoef
former

Note:

The calculated parameters are used for verification. They are calculated au-
tomatically by the protective equipment interiorly, need not be set by users.

248
Chapter 33 Appendix

1.5 Exciting system protection (ExcitSyst Prot)


Table 173 Setting value list of excitation system protection

No Setting Name Meaning Range Unit

Excitation differential protection

Excitation differential mini-


1 I_Excite Diff 0.1IETn~20IETn A
mum value of act current
Excite Diff
2 Excitation differential slope 0.2~1.0
Slope
I_ExcTrans Exciting transformer instan-
3 0.1IETn~20IETn A
Fast Diff taneous differential current
ExcT 2Har 2nd-harmonic restrain ratio of
4 0.1~1.0
RestrRatio exciting transformer

Excitation overcurrent and instantaneous OC protection

I_Excite Fast Excitation instantaneous


1 0.1IETn~20IETn A
OC overcurrent set I
T_Excite Fast Excitation instantaneous
2 0s~30s s
OC overcurrent time T
I_Excite
3 Excitation overcurrent set I 0.1IETn~20IETn A
OverCur
T_Excite
4 Excitation overcurrent time T 0s~30s s
OverCur

Note:

IETn represents rated secondary value of excitation protection CT hereafter, viz 5A


or 1A.

249
Chapter 33 Appendix

Table 174 Control-word bit meaning of excitation system protection

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

Excitation differential protection

Differential protection for excita-


Excite Diff Prot tion system is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 – OFF
Block excitation differential pro-
Block Excite Diff tection if CT failure
2 0 1 0
if CT Fail 1 - Block
0 – Not block
Excitation overcurrent and instantaneous OC protection
Excitation instantaneous over-
Excite Fast current protection is switched
1 OverCur Prot 0 1 0 ON.
ON 1 - ON
0 – OFF
Excitation overcurrent protection
Excite OverCur is switched ON.
2 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 – OFF

250
Chapter 33 Appendix

1.6 Generator Protection

1.6.1 Generator main protection (Gen Main Prot)


Table 175 Setting value list of generator main protection

No Setting Name Meaning Range Unit Remark

Generator longitudinal differential protection

Differential minimum value 0.1IGn~20IGn


1 I_Generator Diff of act current A
(Note)
Differential knee-point cur-
2 I_Diff Knee Point 0.1IGn~20IGn A
rent
3 Diff Slope Differential slope 0.2~1.0

Generator interturn protection

Single-unit transverse differential interturn protection


Transverse differential pro- 0.1ITdn~20ITdn
1 I_Transverse Diff A
tection act current (Note)
T_Rotor1Earth Transverse differential time
2 0.1s~10s s
TransD T while rotor single-earth

Longitudinal U0 interturn protection with negative-sequence directional element

U_Longitudinal Longitudinal zero-sequence


1 1~100 V
U0 voltage U
Longitudinal zero-sequence
2 T_Longitudinal U0 0~30 s
voltage protection time T
Longitudinal zero-sequence
U_Longitudin U0 More than 6V
3 voltage U of high setting 3~100 V generally
High
value stage
More than
200ms gener-
Longitudinal zero-sequence ally.
T_Longitudin U0
4 voltage protection time T of 0.1~30 s If is set as 35s,
High
high setting value stage high setting
value stage will
be OFF.

Note:
1. IGn represents rated secondary value of generator protection CT, 5A or 1A.
2. ITdn represents rated secondary value of transverse differential protection CT, 5A
or 1A.

251
Chapter 33 Appendix

Table 176 Control-word of generator main protection

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

Generator longitudinal differential protection


Generator longitudinal differential
Longitudinal Diff protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Block single-phase differential pro-
Block 1Ph Diff if tection if CT failure
2 0 1 0
CT Fail 1 - Block
0 - Not block

Generator interturn protection

Single-unit transverse differential interturn protection


Generator single-unit transverse dif-
Transverse Diff ferential protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 – OFF
The function of detecting ze-
ro-sequence current circuit is
ZeroCur Circuit switched ON.
2 0 1 0
Detect ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Longitudinal U0 interturn protection with negative-sequence directional element
Generator longitudinal ze-
ro-sequence voltage interturn protec-
Longitudinal tion is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ZeroV Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The function of detecting ze-
ro-sequence voltage circuit is
ZeroVolt Circuit switched ON.
2 0 1 0
Detect ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Negative-sequence directional ele-
NegSeq Direct ment uses generator terminal CT
3 0 1 0
Uses Term CT 1 - generator terminal CT
0 - generator neutral CT

252
Chapter 33 Appendix

1.6.2 Generator backup protection (Gen Backup)

Table 177 Setting value list of generator backup protection

No Setting Name Meaning Range Unit Remark

Generator overcurrent protection

Overcurrent protection 0.1IGn~20IGn


1 I_Gen OverCur A
act current (Note)
If is set as 35s,
Overcurrent protection
2 T_OC Stage 1 0~30 s T1 delay stage
act time T1 will be OFF.
If is set as 35s,
Overcurrent protection
3 T_OC Stage 2 0~30 s T2 delay stage
act time T2 will be OFF.

4 U_Under Voltage Under voltage set U< 0~100 V


U2_NegSequence Negative-sequence
5 0~100 V
Volt over- voltage set U2>
Negative-sequence
6 I2_Neg Sequence 0.1IGn~20IGn A
over-current set I2>

Generator interturn distance protection

X_Impedance Impedance set X1 of


1 0~100 Ω
Stage1 stage 1
R_Reactance Reactance set R1 of
2 0~100 Ω
Stage1 stage 1
Backward offset ratio of
3 Offset Ratio Stage1 0~100
stage 1
If is set as 35s,
T_Distance Stage1 The first time T11 of T1 delay of
4 0~30 s stage 1 will be
T1 stage 1
OFF.
If is set as 35s,
T_Distance Stage1 The second time T12 of T2 delay of
5 0~30 s stage 1 will be
T2 stage 1
OFF.
X_Impedance Impedance set X2 of
6 0~100 Ω
Stage2 stage 2
R_Reactance Reactance set R2 of
7 0~100 Ω
Stage2 stage 2
Backward offset ratio of
8 Offset Ratio Stage2 0~100
stage 2

253
Chapter 33 Appendix

If is set as
T_Distance Stage2 The first time T21 of 35s, T1 delay
9 0~30 s
T1 stage 2 of stage 2 will
be OFF.
If is set as
T_Distance Stage2 The second time T22 of 35s, T2 delay
10 0~30 s
T2 stage 2 of stage 2 will
be OFF.

Note:

IGn represents rated secondary value of generator protection CT, 5A or 1A.

254
Chapter 33 Appendix

Table 178 Control-word of Generator overcurrent protection

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

Generator overcurrent protection


Generator overcurrent protection
Gen OverCur is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Memorized current function is
Cur Memorize switched ON.
2 0 1 0
Function ON 1 - ON
0 – OFF
Block overcurrent protection if
VT failure
Block OverCur if
VT Fail 1 - Block, i.e. OC is OFF if VT
3 0 1 0
failure.
(Note)
0 - Not block, i.e. OC is ON if VT
failure.

Generator interturn distance protection

Generator overcurrent protection


Backup Dis- is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
tance Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Generator distance protection
uses generator terminal CT
Distance Prot
2 0 1 0 1 - generator terminal CT
Uses Term CT
0 - generator neutral-point side
CT

Note:

If the No. 3 control-word bit of overcurrent protection ( namely “Block OverCur if VT


Fail” ) is set as 1, meaning that overcurrent protection is OFF when VT failure, the
protection will be OFF when generator common TV has wire-breakage failure.
If the No.3 bit is set as 0, meaning that overcurrent protection is ON when VT fail-
ure, the protection will be simple overcurrent protection if the common terminal VT
fails. Then, even if memorized current function is set as ON, the memorized func-
tion will also be OFF when VT fails.

255
Chapter 33 Appendix

1.6.3 Generator earth protection (Gen Earth Prot)

Table 179 Setting value list of generator earth fault protection

No Setting Name Meaning Range Unit

Generator stator earth fault protection (SEFP)

1st harmonic zero-sequence voltage SEFP

1 U_1Har U0 SEFP 1st-harmonic zero-voltage act U 2~100 V

2 T_1Har U0 SEFP 1st-harmonic zero-voltage time T 0.1~30 s

3rd-harmonic zero-sequence voltage SEFP

3Har Restraint 3rd-harmonic zero-voltage re-


1 0.2~20
Coef straint coefficient
3Har Voltage Ra-
2 3rd-harmonic zero voltage ratio 0.5~20
tio
3rd-harmonic zero-voltage SEFP
3 T_3Har U0 SEFP 0.1~30 s
time T

1st-harmonic zero-sequence current SEFP

1st-harmonic zero-sequence
1 I0_1Har SEFP 0.001~10 A
current setting value
I_Phase Cur
0.1IGn ~20 IGn
2 Block Block phase-current setting value A
(Note)
(Note)
1st-harmonic zero-sequence
3 T_1Har I0 SEFP 0.1~30 s
current SEFP time

Rotor single-point earth protection

Earth resistance set R of high


R_1Pt Earth
1 setting value stage in rotor 1-point 0.5~50 kΩ
H-Stage
earth proteciton
T_1Pt Earth Act time T of high setting value
2 1~30 s
H-Stage stage
R_1Pt Earth Earth resistance set R of low set-
3 0.5~50 kΩ
L-Stage ting value stage
T_1Pt Earth Act time T of low setting value
4 1~30 s
L-Stage stage

256
Chapter 33 Appendix

Rotor 2-point earth protection

2nd-harmonic negative-sequence
U_2Har Posi-
1 value of generator terminal volt- 0.5~20 V
tiveSequ
age
T_Rotor 2Pt
2 Rotor 2-point earth time T 0.1~30 s
Earth

Note:
1. If block phase-current is set as 100A, the phase-current block element will be out
of use.
2. 1. IGn represents rated secondary value of generator protection CT, 5A or 1A.

Table 180 Control-word of generator earth fault protection

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

Generator stator earth fault protection (SEFP)

1st harmonic zero-sequence voltage SEFP

1st harmonic zero-sequence


1Har U0 SEFP voltage SEFP is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
1st harmonic zero-sequence
1Har U0 SEFP voltage SEFP acts to trip.
2 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The function of detecting ze-
ro-sequence voltage circuit in
U0 Circuit De- SEFP is switched ON.
3 0 1 0
tect ON
1 - ON
0 - OFF

3rd-harmonic zero-sequence voltage SEFP


3rd harmonic zero-sequence
3Har U0 SEFP voltage SEFP is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
3rd harmonic zero-sequence
3Har U0 SEFP voltage SEFP acts to trip.
2 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal

257
Chapter 33 Appendix

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

1st-harmonic zero-sequence current SEFP


1st harmonic zero-sequence
current SEFP is switched ON.
1 1Har I0 SEFP ON 0 1 0
1 - ON
0 - OFF
1st harmonic zero-sequence
1Har I0 SEFP current SEFP acts to trip.
2 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal

Rotor single-point earth protection

High setting value stage of rotor


1-point earth protection is
Rotor 1Pt Earth switched ON.
1 0 1 0
H-Stage ON
1 - ON
0 - OFF
Low setting value stage of rotor
Rotor 1Pt Earth earth protection is switched ON.
2 0 1 0
L-Stage ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Low setting value stage of rotor
Rotor 1Pt Earth earth protection acts to trip.
3 L-Stg Trip 0 1 0
1 - act to trip
(Note)
0 - act to signal

Rotor 2-point earth protection

Generator rotor 2-point earth


Rotor 2Pt Earth protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

Note:

High setting value stage of rotor single-earth protection is fixed as signal. Low
setting value stage can be set as trip or signal.

258
Chapter 33 Appendix

1.6.4 Loss-of-excitation protection (Gen LossExcite)

Table 181 Setting value list of loss-of-excitation protection

No Setting Name Meaning Range&Unit Remark

If it is set as 900V, low exciting


voltage U< criterion will be satis-
Low exciting voltage set fied naturally. This is used in ap-
1 U_Under Excite Volt 20V~700V
U plication without exciting voltage,
such as non- bursh exciting mode.
mode.
If it is set as 100, changeable ex-
Changeable exciting
2 ChangeExcite Coef 0~99 citing voltage criterion will be OFF.
voltage coefficient Kf
OFF.
Percent of salient power
3 SalientPower Percent (0~100)%
Pt
If it is set as 150, automatically
Reduce Power Per- Percent of reduce out-
4 (0~100)% reduce output element will be
cent put Pz OFF.
ReverseReactiveQ Percent of reverse re- If it is set as 0, reverse reactive
5 (1~100)%
Pct active Q element will be satisfied naturally.

6 X_Impedance XA1 Impedance 1 Set XA1 0Ω~99Ω If XB1 is set as 100Ω, impedance
1 element will be satisfied natu-
7 X_Impedance XB1 Impedance 1 Set XB1 0Ω~99Ω rally.
If it is set as 35s, loss-of-excitation
Loss-of-excitation signal
8 T_LossExcit Alarm T3 0.1s~30s signal T3 output will be OFF.
time T3

T_Impedance Judge Impedance judge time If it is set as 2100s, impedance


9 0.1s~2000s criterion T4 output will be OFF.
T4 T4
Under voltage U< of
10 U_GenTerm UnderVolt 0V~100V
generator terminal
T_GenTerm UnderV If it is set as 35s, the first delay
Generator terminal un-
11 0.1s~30s output (T5) of generator terminal
T5 der- voltage time T5
low-voltage element will be OFF.
T_GenTerm UnderV If it is set as 35s, the second delay
Generator terminal un-
12 0.1s~30s output (T6) of generator terminal
T6 der- voltage time T6 low-voltage element will be OFF.
13 X_Impedance XA2 Impedance 2 Set XA2 0Ω~99Ω If XB2 is set as 100Ω, impedance
1 element will be satisfied natu-
14 X_Impedance XB2 Impedance 2 Set XB2 0Ω~99Ω rally.
Busbar under-voltage
15 U_Busbar UnderVolt 0V~100V
U<
16 T_Busbar UnderV T7 Busbar under-voltage 0.1s~30s If it is set as 35s, busbar

259
Chapter 33 Appendix

time T7 low-voltage T7 output will be OFF.

17 X_Impedance XA3 Impedance 3 Set XA3 0Ω~99Ω


18 X_Impedance XB3 Impedance 3 Set XB3 0Ω~99Ω
T_Impedance Judge Impedance judge time If it is set as 2100s, impedance
19 0.1s~2000s
T8 T8 criterion T8 output will be OFF.

Note:

“T_Impedance Judge T4” and “T_Impedance Judge T8” are respectively used for
loss-of-excitation impedance judgement of T4 and T8 output. The outputs are respectively
impedance criterion trip (with switch tripping mode) and trip-2 (without switch tripping mode),
as shown in the Table 164. .

Table 182 Control-word of Loss-of-excitation protection

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

Generator loss-of-excitation
LossExcite Prot protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Impedance XA1 is no less than
Impedance XA1 0, namely a plus value.
2 0 1 0
No LessThan 0 1 - XA1 >= 0
0 - XA1 < 0 (minus value)
Impedance XA2 is no less than
Impedance XA2 0, namely a plus value.
3 0 1 0
No LessThan 0 1 - XA2 >= 0
0 - XA2 < 0 (minus value)
The function of detecting excit-
ing-voltage circuit is switched
Excite Circuit ON.
4 0 1 0
Detect ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

260
Chapter 33 Appendix

1.6.5 Generator overload protection (Generator OvLd)

Table 183 Setting value list of generator overload protection

No Setting Name Meaning Range Unit Remark

Stator symmetrical overload protection

Current set I of definite-time 0.1IGn~20IGn


I_SymmetrOvLd
1 stage of symmetrical overload A
Def-T (Note)
protection
Time set T of definite-time stage
T_SymmetrOvLd
2 of symmetrical overload protec- 0~30 S
Def-T
tion
I_InvT Start Sym- Startup current I of inverse-time
3 0.1IGn~20IGn A
meOL stage
Radiate coefficient of stator
4 Stator RadiateCoef 1~3
winding
Thermal-capacity coefficient of
5 Stator Thermal Coef 1~99
stator winding

Unsymmetrical overload protection


Current set I of definite-time
I_UnsymmeOvLd
1 stage of unsymmetrical overload 0.08IGn~20IGn A
Def-T
protection
Time set T of definite-time stage
T_UnsymmeOvLd
2 of unsymmetrical overload pro- 0~30 s
Def-T
tection
Startup current I of inverse-time
3 I_InvT Start UnsymOL 0.08IGn~20IGn A
stage
Negative-sequence current mul-
(per-u
4 NegSeq Cur Multiple tiple of long-term permissive 0.08~1
nit)
value
Rotor negative-sequence heat
5 Rotor Neg HeatCoef 1~99
coefficient

Rotor overload protection

Current set I of definite-time 0.1ILn~20ILn


1 I_Rotor OvLd Def-T A
stage of rotor overload protection (Note)
Time set T of definite-time stage
2 T_Rotor OvLd Def-T 0s~30s s
of rotor overload protection
3 I_Rotor Sec Rated Rotor secondary rated current 0.1ILn~20ILn A

261
Chapter 33 Appendix

If it is set as
100, in-
Rotor thermal-capacity coeffi-
4 Rotor Thermal Coef 1~99 verse-time
cient stage will be
be OFF.

Note:

1. IGn means rated secondary value of generator protection CT, 5A or 1A.


2. ILn means rated secondary current of rotor overload protection CT, 5A or 1A

Table 184 Control-word of generator overload protection

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

Symmetrical overload protection


Generator stator symmetrical
overload protection is switched
Symmetric Over- ON.
1 0 1 0
load Prot ON
1 - ON
0 - OFF
Stator symmetrical overload
protection of definite-time stage
Symme OvLd acts to stage reduce output of
2 Def-T Reduce- 0 1 0 generator
Power 1 – act to reduce output of gen-
erator
0 – act to signal

Unsymmetrical overload protection

Generator unsymmetrical over-


Unsymmetrical load protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
OvLd Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

Rotor overload protection

Generator rotor overload protec-


Rotor OverLoad tion is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Rotor overload protection of
RotorOvLd Def-T
2 0 1 0 definite-time stage acts to stage
ReduceExcite
reduce excitation

262
Chapter 33 Appendix

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting
1 - act to reduce excitation
0 - act to signal
Excitation current in rotor over-
ExciteCur Uses load protection uses Group 2 CT
3 Group2 CT 0 1 0
1 - use Group 2 CT
(Note)
0 - use Group 1 CT

Note:

“Group 1 CT” means CT in high-voltage (HV) side of exciting transformer or neutral point
side of magnetizing exciter. “Group 2 CT” means in LV side of exciting transformer or
terminal of magnetizing exciter.

263
Chapter 33 Appendix

1.6.6 Generator voltage protection (Gen Volt Prot)

Table 185 Setting value list of generator voltage protection

No Setting Name Meaning Range Unit

Generator over-voltage protection

Act voltage set U of


1 U_Over Voltage 10~180 V
over-voltage protection
Act time set T of
2 T_Over Voltage 0~30 s
over-voltage protection

Generator over-excitation protection

U_OvExcite Ref Over-excitation reference


1 10~120 V
LineV line voltage U
If it is set as 2,
alarm stage of
OverExcit Alm Over-excitation multiple of
2 1.0~1.6 over-excitation
Multip alarm stage
protection will be
OFF.
T_OverExcite Over-excitation act time T
3 0~6000 s
Alarm of alarm stage
If it is set as 2,
tripping stage of
OverExcit Trip- Over-excitation multiple of
4 1.0~1.6 over-excitation
Multip tripping stage protection will be
OFF.
T_OverExcite Over-excitation act time T
5 0~6000 s
Trip of tripping stage
If it is set as 2,
InvTime Lower Lower multiple of in- inverse-time stage
6 1.0~1.6 of the protec-
Multip verse-time stage
tion will be OFF.
InvTime Upper Upper multiple of in-
7 1.0~1.6
Multip verse-time stage
T_InvTime Lower act time of in-
8 0~6000 s
Lower verse-time stage
T_InvTime Act time of Point 1 in in-
9 0~6000 s
Point1 verse-time stage
T_InvTime Act time of Point 2 in in-
10 0~6000 s
Point2 verse-time stage
T_InvTime Act time of Point 3 in in-
11 0~6000 s
Point3 verse-time stage

264
Chapter 33 Appendix

T_InvTime Act time of Point 4 in in-


12 0~6000 s
Point4 verse-time stage
T_InvTime Act time of Point 5 in in-
13 0~6000 s
Point5 verse-time stage
T_InvTime Act time of Point 6 in in-
14 0~6000 s
Point6 verse-time stage
T_InvTime Up- Upper act time of in-
15 0~6000 s
per verse-time stage

Table 186 Control-word of generator voltage protection

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

Generator over-voltage protection


Generator over-voltage protec-
OverVoltage Prot tion is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Hydro-generator over-voltage
Hydro-generator protection is switched ON.
2 0 1 0
OV Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Generator over-excitation protection
Generator over-excitation pro-
OverExcite Prot tection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Generator over-excitation pro-
tection of alarm stage acts to
OvExcit Alm Stg stage reduce excitation
2 0 1 0
ReduceExcite 1 - act to reduce excitation
0 - act to signal

265
Chapter 33 Appendix

1.6.7 Generator power protection (Gen Power Prot)

Table 187 Setting value list of generator power protection

No Setting Name Meaning Range Unit

Reverse power protection

ReversePower Per-
1 Percent of reverse power (1~100)%
cent
T_ReversePower Reverse power alarm stage time
2 0.1~30 s
Alarm T
3 T_ReversePower Trip Reverse power trip stage time T 0.1~2000 s

Sequence-tripping reverse power protection

SequReverPwr Per- Percent of sequence-tripping


1 (1~100)%
cent reverse power
Act time T of sequence-tripping
2 T_SeqTrip RevPower 0.1~30 s
reverse power

Table 188 Control-word of generator power protection

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

Reverse power protection

Generator reverse-power protection


ReversePower of alarm stage is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Alarm Stage ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Generator reverse-power protection
ReversePower Trip of trip stage is switched ON.
2 0 1 0
Stage ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

Sequence-tripping reverse power protection

Sequence-tripping reverse power


SequReverPower
1 0 1 0 protection is switched ON.
Prot ON
1 - ON 0 - OFF

266
Chapter 33 Appendix

1.6.8 Generator special protection (Special Prot)

Table 189 Setting value list of generator special protection

No Setting Name Meaning Range Unit

Generator loss-of-synchronism protection

1 R_Reactance Limit Reactance limit Rs 0~100 Ω


X_Transformer Im-
2 Impedance Xt of main transformer 0~100 Ω
peda
3 T_Resistance Delay1 Resistance delay T1 0.01~30 s
4 T_Resistance Delay2 Resistance delay T2 0.01~30 s
5 Slide Times Slide Times 1~30
Generator startup and shutdown protection
1 U_Neut Volt SEFP SEFP zero-sequence voltage U0 1~100 V
2 T_Neut Volt SEFP SEFP zero-voltage time T0 0.1~30 S
0.1IGn~20IGn
3 I_Gen Diff Generator differential current I A
(Note)

Inadvertent energizing CB protection


I_MisCloseCB Over- Act current of mis-close CB pro-
1 0.1IGn~20IGn A
Cur tection
Generator under-frequency protection
Act frequency of under-frequency 0.4fn~fn
1 F_UnderFreq Stage1 Hz
Stage 1 (Note)
Continuous time of un-
2 T_UnderFre1 Continue 0~9999 s
der-frequency Stage 1
T_UnderFre1 Accu- Accumulated time of un-
3 0.1~6000 min
mula der-frequency Stage 1
Act frequency of under-frequency
4 F_UnderFreq Stage2 0.4fn~fn Hz
Stage 2
Continuous time of un-
5 T_UnderFre2 Continue 0~9999 s
der-frequency Stage 2
T_UnderFre2 Accu- Accumulated time of un-
6 0.1~6000 min
mula der-frequency Stage 2
Act frequency of under-frequency
7 F_UnderFreq Stage3 0.4fn~fn Hz
Stage 3

267
Chapter 33 Appendix

Continuous time of un-


8 T_UnderFre3 Continue 0~9999 s
der-frequency Stage 3
T_UnderFre3 Accu- Accumulated time of un-
9 0.1~6000 min
mula der-frequency Stage 3
Act frequency of under-frequency
10 F_UnderFreq Stage4 0.4fn~fn Hz
Stage 4
Continuous time of un-
11 T_UnderFre4 Continue 0~9999 s
der-frequency Stage 4
Generator over-frequency protection
Act frequency of over-frequency
1 F_OverFreq Stage1 fn~1.2fn Hz
Stage 1
Continuous time of over-frequency
2 T_OverFreq1 Continue 0~9999 s
Stage 1
T_OverFreq1 Accu- Accumulated time of
3 0.1~6000 min
mula over-frequency Stage 1
Act frequency of over-frequency
4 F_OverFreq Stage2 fn~1.2fn Hz
Stage 2
Continuous time of over-frequency
5 T_OverFreq2 Continue 0~9999 s
Stage 2
T_OverFreq2 Accu- Accumulated time of
6 0.1~6000 min
mula over-frequency Stage 2
Act frequency of over-frequency
7 F_OverFreq Stage3 fn~1.2fn Hz
Stage 3
Continuous time of over-frequency
8 T_OverFreq3 Continue 0~9999 s
Stage 3
Binary input (BI) protection, viz. non-electrical quanlity protection
1 T_BI Prot 1 BI Protection 1 time T1 0~9999 s

Note:

1. IGn represents rated secondary value of generator protection CT, 5A or 1A.


2. fn represents rated frequency for example, 50Hz or 60Hz.

268
Chapter 33 Appendix

Table 190 Control-word of generator special protection

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

Generator loss-of-synchronism protection


Genartor Loss-of-synchronism pro-
Gen Loss Synchron tection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
Prot ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Generator startup and shutdown protection
Genartor startup and shutdown pro-
tection is switched ON.
1 Start/Shut Prot ON 0 1 0
1 - ON
0 - OFF
Inadvertent energizing CB protection
Genartor mis-close CB protection is
MisClose CB Prot switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
Generator under-frequency protection
The 1st stage of genartor under
UnderFreq Stage 1 -frequency protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The 1st stage of under-frequency
UnderFreq Stage 1 protection acts to trip.
2 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The 2nd stage of genartor under
UnderFreq Stage 2 -frequency protection is switched ON.
3 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The 2nd stage of under-frequency
UnderFreq Stage 2 protection acts to trip.
4 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The 3rd stage of genartor under
UnderFreq Stage 3 -frequency protection is switched ON.
5 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

269
Chapter 33 Appendix

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

The 3rd stage of under-frequency


UnderFreq Stage 3 protection acts to trip.
6 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The 4th stage of genartor under
UnderFreq Stage 4 -frequency protection is switched ON.
7 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The 4th stage of under-frequency
UnderFreq Stage 4 protection acts to trip.
8 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The under-frequency accumulation
UnderFreq Accumu- protection acts to trip.
9 0 1 0
late Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal

Generator over-frequency protection

The 1st stage of generator over


OverFreq Stage 1 -frequency protection is switched ON.
1 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The 1st stage of over-frequency pro-
tection acts to trip.
2 OverFreq Stage 1 Trip 0 1 0
1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal

The 2nd stage of generator over


OverFreq Stage 2 -frequency protection is switched ON.
3 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

The 2nd stage of over-frequency pro-


OverFreq Stage 2 tection acts to trip.
4 0 1 0
Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal

The 3rd stage of generator over


OverFreq Stage 3 -frequency protection is switched ON.
5 0 1 0
ON 1 - ON
0 - OFF

270
Chapter 33 Appendix

Default
No. Setting Name Min. Max. Description
setting

The 3rd stage of over-frequency pro-


tection acts to trip.
6 OverFreq Stage 3 Trip 0 1 0
1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
The over-frequency accumulation
OverFreq Accumu- protection acts to trip.
7 0 1 0
late Trip 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal
Binary input (BI) protection, viz. non-electrical quanlity protection
The 1st BI protection is switched ON.
1 BI Protection 1 ON 0 1 0 1 - ON
0 - OFF
The 1st BI protection acts to trip.
2 BI Protection 1 Trip 0 1 0 1 - act to trip
0 - act to signal

271
Chapter 33 Appendix

2 General report list

2.1 Event report


Table 191 Event report list

Name of event
No. Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3
report
1. Gen Prot Startup Generator protection startup
Generator differential protec-
2. Diff Trip Phase Differential current Restraint current
tion trip
Incomplete differential protec-
3. InCplDiff Trip Phase Differential current Restraint current
tion trip
Split-phase transverse differ-
4. SplitPh TransDif Phase Differential current Restraint current
ential protection trip
Instantaneous differential
5. Exc FastDiff Trp protection for exciting trans- Phase Differential current
former trip
Percentage differential pro-
6. ExciteDiff Trip Phase Differential current Restraint current
tection for exciting system trip
Transverse differential pro- Transverse differen-
7. Trans Diff Trip
tection trip tial current

272
Chapter 33 Appendix

Name of event
No. Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3
report
Longitudinal zero-sequence
Longitudinal ze- Negative-sequence Negative-sequence
8. U0 Turn Trip voltage interturn protection
ro-sequence voltage current voltage
trip
Generator negative-sequence
Negative-sequence Negative-sequence
9. NegDir Turn Trip directional inter-turn protec-
current voltage
tion trip
2nd-harmonic
Rotor 2-point earth protection element of
10. Rotor2Earth Trip
trip sequence voltage in
generator terminal
Generator overcurrent pro- Maximum of 3
11. OverCur T1 Trip
tection trip of the first time T1 phase currents
Generator overcurrent pro-
Maximum of 3
12. OverCur T2 Trip tection trip of the second time
phase currents
T2
Negative-sequence overcur-
Negative-sequence
13. Neg OC T1 Trip rent protection trip of the first
current
time T1
Negative-sequence overcur-
Negative-sequence
14. Neg OC T2 Trip rent protection trip of the
current
second time T2
Generator back-up distance
protection trip T11, meaning
15. Distance T11 Trip Reactance Resistance Phase
the first time limit in the first
stage

273
Chapter 33 Appendix

Name of event
No. Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3
report
Generator back-up distance
protection trip T12, meaning
16. Distance T12 Trip Reactance Resistance Phase
the second time limit in the
first stage
Generator back-up distance
protection trip T21, meaning
17. Distance T21 Trip Reactance Resistance Phase
the first time limit in the sec-
ond stage
Generator back-up distance
protection trip T22, meaning
18. Distance T22 Trip Reactance Resistance Phase
the second time limit in the
second stage
Instantaneous overcurrent
Maximum of 3
19. Excit FastOC Trp protection trip for exciting
phase currents
system
Overcurrent protection trip for Maximum of 3
20. Excite OC Trip
exciting system phase currents
Stator earth fault protec-
tion(SEFP) trip using Zero-sequence
21. 1HarU0 SEFP Trip
first-harmonic zero-sequence voltage
voltage

Stator earth fault protec-


tion(SEFP) trip using Zero-sequence
22. 1HarI0 SEFP Trip
first-harmonic zero-sequence current
current

274
Chapter 33 Appendix

Name of event
No. Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3
report
Adaptive 3rd-harmonic stator 3rd-harmonic 3rd-harmonic
Acting value of
23. Adapt 3har Trip earth fault protection(SEFP) voltage value in voltage value in
3rd-harmonic voltage
trip generator terminal neutral
Stator earth fault protection 3rd-harmonic voltage 3rd-harmonic
24. Volt Ratio Trip (SEFP) trip using value in generator voltage value in
3rd-harmonic voltage ratio terminal neutral
Rotor single-earth fault pro-
25. Rotor1Earth Trip Earthing resistance
tection trip

Impedance criterion trip with


Resistance of Phase Reactance of
26. Impedance T4 Trp T4 time-limit of
A-B Phase A-B
loss-of-excitation protection

Generator terminal under


Resistance of Phase Reactance of Voltage of
27. Gen UV T5 Trip voltage trip with T5 time-limit
A-B Phase A-B generator terminal
of loss-of-excitation protection

Generator terminal under


Resistance of Phase Reactance of Voltage of
28. Gen UV T6 Trip voltage trip with T6 time-limit
A-B Phase A-B generator terminal
of loss-of-excitation protection

HV busbar under voltage trip


Resistance of Phase Reactance of Voltage of HV
29. Bus UV T7 Trip with T7 time-limit of
A-B Phase A-B busbar
loss-of-excitation protection

Impedance criterion trip with


Resistance of Phase Reactance of
30. Impedance T8 Trp T8 time-limit of
A-B Phase A-B
loss-of-excitation protection

275
Chapter 33 Appendix

Name of event
No. Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3
report
Symmetrical overload protec-
Maximum of 3
31. Inv-T Symme OvLd tion trip with inverse
phase currents
time-delay stage
Unsymmetrical overload pro-
Negative-sequence
32. Inv-T Unsym OvLd tection trip with inverse
current
time-delay stage
Maximum of 3
Rotor overload protection trip
33. Inv-T Rotor OvLd phase currents of
with inverse time-delay stage
exciting system
Generator over-voltage Maximum of 3
34. Over Volt Trip
protection trip phase line voltages
Generator under-voltage Minimum of 3 phase
35. Under Volt Trip
protection trip line voltages
Generator over excitation Over-excitation
36. Over Excite Trip
protection trip multiple
37. RevPower Trip Reverse power protection trip Reverse power
Sequential-trip reverse power
38. SeqRevPower Trip Reverse power
protection trip
Loss-of-synchronism protec-
39. LossSynchron Trp
tion trip
Sequence number
Generator under frequency of this stage in
40. Under Freq Trip Frequency value
protection trip under frequency
protection

276
Chapter 33 Appendix

Name of event
No. Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3
report
Sequence number
Generator over frequency of this stage in
41. Over Freq Trip Frequency value
protection trip under frequency
protection
Sequence number
Generator under frequency of this stage in
42. Accum U_Freq Trp Frequency value
accumulating protection trip under frequency
protection
Sequence number
Generator over frequency of this stage in
43. Accum O_Freq Trp Frequency value
accumulating protection trip under frequency
protection
Generator startup/shutdown
protection trip of ze- Zero-sequence
44. StartShut U0 Trp
ro-sequence voltage stator voltage
earth element
Generator startup/shutdown
45. StartShut Diff protection trip of differential Phase Differential current
element
Inadvertent circuit breaker Maximum of 3
46. MisClose CB Trip
(CB) closing protection trip phase currents
Generator shaft current pro-
47. Shaft Cur Trip Shaft current
tection trip
Maximum of 3
Exciter over-voltage protec-
48. Exciter OV Trip phase voltages of
tion trip
exciter

277
Chapter 33 Appendix

Name of event
No. Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3
report
Sequence number
49. BI Prot Trip Binary input(BI) protection trip of this BI that trigger
BI protection trip
Generator circuit breaker Maximum of 3
50. Gen CBF Trip
(GCB) failure function trip phase currents
Rotor 1-point earth protection
51. RotorEarth Start
startup

Note:

As for a certain type, such as CSC-306D or CSC-306E etc, parts of above reports are not included in it, according to detailed
project demands and protection configuration and project demands.

278
Chapter 33 Appendix

2.2 Alarm report


Table 192 Alarm report list

No. Name of reports Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3


Sampling data of analog input Sequence number Sequence number
1. Sampling Err
(AI) are error. of protection CPU of AC channel
2. Trip Failure Trip Failure
Equipment parameter is er-
3. EquipPara Err
ror.
CRC verification to sum of Sequence number
4. ROM Verify Err
ROM of CPU is error. of protection CPU
Sequence number
5. Setting Err Setting value is error
of protection CPU
Pointer of setting group is Sequence number Sequence number
6. Set Group Err
error of protection CPU of set group
Sequence number Sequence number
Binary output (BO) has no
7. BO No Response of binary output of binary output
response.
(BO) CPU (BO)

Sequence number Sequence number


Binary output (BO) is of
8. BO Breakdown of binary output of binary output
breakdown.
(BO) CPU (BO)

Connector mode has not


9. ConntMdUnconfirm
been confirmed.

279
Chapter 33 Appendix

No. Name of reports Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3


Self checking to SRAM is
10. SRAM Check Err
error.
Self checking to FLASH is
11. FLASH Check Err
error.
12. BI Err Binary input (BI) is error.
13. SoftConnt Err Soft connector is error.
14. SysConfig Err System configuration is error.
15. CAN Comm Fail CAN communication failure
CAN communication Recov-
16. CAN Comm Recover
ery
Sequence number
Binary input (BI) module is
17. BI Module Err of binary input (BI)
error.
CPU
Sequence number
Binary output (BO) module is
18. BO Module Err of binary output
error.
(BO) CPU
Sequence number
Binary input configuration is
19. BI Config Err of binary input (BI)
error.
CPU
Sequence number
Binary output configuration is
20. BO Config Err of binary output
error.
(BO) CPU
Communication failure in bi-
21. BI Comm Fail
nary input (BI)

280
Chapter 33 Appendix

No. Name of reports Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3


Communication failure in bi-
22. BO Comm Fail
nary output (BO)
Binary output (BO)-test has
23. Test BO Un-reset
not been reset.
Binary input (BI) is of break-
24. BI Breakdown
down.
The input of binary input (BI)
25. BI Input Err
is error.
2-position input discordance,
26. NO/NC Discord i.e. status of NC and NO
discord.
Self-checking circuit of binary
27. BI Check Err
input (BI) is error.
EEPROM of binary input (BI)
28. BI EEPROM Err
is error.
EEPROM of binary output
29. BO EEPROM Err
(BO) is error.
Imbalanced differential cur-
30. Diff Cur Alarm Phase Differential current
rent exceeds a certain limit
Imbalanced differential cur-
rent in incomplete differential
31. InCpl Diff I Alm Phase Differential current
protection exceeds a certain
limit

32. SpPhTransD I Alm Imbalanced split-phase Phase Differential current


transverse differential current

281
Chapter 33 Appendix

No. Name of reports Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3


exceeds a certain limit
Differential current in differ-
ential protection for exciting
33. ExciteDiff I Alm Phase Differential current
system exceeds a certain
limit
Stator earth fault protec-
tion(SEFP) signal using Zero-sequence
34. 1Har U0 SEFP Alm
first-harmonic zero-sequence voltage
voltage
Stator earth fault protec-
tion(SEFP) signal using Zero-sequence
35. 1Har I0 SEFP Alm
first-harmonic zero-sequence current
current

Adaptive 3rd-harmonic stator Acting value of 3rd-harmonic 3rd-harmonic


36. Adapt 3Har Alarm earth fault protection(SEFP) 3rd-harmonic voltage value in voltage value in
signal voltage generator terminal neutral

Stator earth fault protection 3rd-harmonic 3rd-harmonic


37. Volt Ratio Alarm (SEFP) signal using voltage value in voltage value in
3rd-harmonic voltage ratio generator terminal neutral

Rotor single-earth fault pro-


38. RotorEarth H Alm tection signal of high setting Earthing resistance
value stage
Rotor single-earth fault pro-
39. RotorEarth L Alm tection signal of low setting Earthing resistance
value stage

282
Chapter 33 Appendix

No. Name of reports Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3


Signal for loss-of-excitation
40. LossExcite Alarm
protection
Reduce generator’s power
41. LossExci ReduPwr output when
loss-of-excitation
Signal for symmetrical over- Maximum of
42. Symmetr OvLd Alm
load protection 3-phase currents
Signal for unsymmetrical Negative-sequence
43. Unsymme OvLd Alm
overload protection current
Signal for rotor overload pro- Maximum of
44. Rotor OvLd Alarm
tection 3-phase currents
Maximum of
Signal for over-voltage pro-
45. Over Volt Alarm 3-phase line
tection
voltages
Signal for over-excitation Over-excitation
46. Over Excite Alm
protection multiple
Signal for reverse power
47. ReversePower Alm Reverse power
protection
Signal for
loss-of-synchronism protec-
48. Extern LossSynch
tion when external
loss-of-synchronism
Signal for
loss-of-synchronism protec-
49. Accele LossSynch
tion when accelerating
loss-of-synchronism

283
Chapter 33 Appendix

No. Name of reports Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3


Signal for
loss-of-synchronism protec-
50. Decele LossSynch
tion when decelerating
loss-of-synchronism
Sequence number
Signal for under frequency of this stage in
51. Under Freq Alarm Frequency value
protection under frequency
protection
Sequence number
Signal for over frequency of this stage in over
52. Over Freq Alarm Frequency value
protection frequency
protection
Sequence number
Signal for generator under
of this stage in
53. Accum U_Freq Alm frequency accumulating pro- Frequency value
under frequency
tection
protection
Sequence number
Signal for generator over
of this stage in over
54. Accum O_Freq Alm frequency accumulating pro- Frequency value
frequency
tection
protection
Signal for generator shaft
55. Shaft Cur Alarm Shaft current
current protection
Signal for binary input (BI) Sequence number
56. BI Prot Alarm
protection of this BI
Signal for current transform-
57. Neutral CT Fail er(CT) failure of the first CT in Phase
generator neutral point

284
Chapter 33 Appendix

No. Name of reports Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3


Signal for current transform-
58. Neutral CT2 Fail er(CT) failure of the second Phase
CT in generator neutral point
Signal for current transform-
59. GenTerm CT Fail er(CT) failure of generator Phase
terminal CT
Signal for current transform-
Phase (only Phase
60. RevPower CT Fail er(CT) failure of re-
A or C)
verse-power measuring CT
Signal for transverse differ-
61. TransDif CT Fail Phase
ential circuit failure
Signal for the first exciting CT
failure, i.e. CT in
high-voltage(HV) side of ex-
62. Excite CT1 Fail Phase
citing transformer or neutral
point side of magnetizing ex-
citer
Signal for the second exciting
CT failure, i.e. CT in
63. Excite CT2 Fail low-voltage(LV) side of ex- Phase
citing transformer or terminal
of magnetizing exciter

Signal for voltage transform-


64. GenTerm VT Fail er(VT) failure of generator
terminal common VT

65. Term TurnVT Fail Signal for longitudinal ze-


ro-sequence VT failure in

285
Chapter 33 Appendix

No. Name of reports Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3


generator terminal
Signal for voltage transform-
66. MainT HV VT Fail er(VT) failure of high-voltage
side of main transformer VT
Signal for zero-sequence
67. Term 3U0 Fail voltage 3U0 circuit failure in
generator terminal
Signal for longitudinal ze-
68. Longit 3U0 Fail ro-sequence voltage 3U0
circuit failure
Signal for zero-sequence
69. Neutral 3U0 Fail voltage 3U0 circuit failure in
generator neutral point
Signal for exciting voltage
70. ExciteVolt Alarm
circuit failure
Signal for the first switch
closes abnormally. It’s used
71. SW1 Close Abnorm in rotor earth protection with
switching electric bridge prin-
ciple.
Signal for the second switch
closes abnormally. It’s used
72. SW2 Close Abnorm in rotor earth protection with
switching electric bridge prin-
ciple.
Signal for the first or the
73. SW Open Abnormal second switch opens abnor-
mally. It’s used in rotor earth

286
Chapter 33 Appendix

No. Name of reports Meaning Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3


protection with switching
electric bridge principle.
Signal for auxiliary contact
74. CB Pos Abnormal position abnormity of circuit
breaker(CB)

Note:

1. When alarm report occurs on SW1 / SW2 in generator rotor single-point earth protection, viz. No. 70~72 in alarm list, users should
switch OFF the rotor earth protection, disconnect exciting voltage input of CSC-306 equipment. Following below method, check
whether zero-drift meets relevant demands, and adjust zero-drift again of exciting voltage channel if it is dissatisfactory.
If the alarm still exists with proper zero-drift, inform manufacturer to handle.
2. Method to check and adjust zero-drift of rotor earth protection in CSC306D:
Connect terminals of X4-2ac, X4-6ac and X4-10ac firstly, enter menu MainMenu--Test--AdjDrift to adjust zero-drift of exciting
voltage. The report “AdjDrift OK” will be sent out after successful adjustment. Then enter menu MainMenu--OpStatus--AI to view
the zero-drift values of all channels. They should all be less than 0.0005V

287
Chapter 33 Appendix

2.3 Manipulating reports (log)


Table 193 Manipulating report list (log)

No. Name of reports Meaning


1. SwSetGroup OK Successful to switch setting group.
2. Write Set OK Successful to write setting values.
3. WriteEquipParaOK Successful to write equipment parameter.
4. WriteConfig OK Successful to write configuration.
5. AdjScale OK Successful to adjust scale of analog input (AI).
6. SelfDesc Change Self-description of equipment has changed.
7. Connt ON/OFF OK Successful to switch on/off connector.
8. ClrConfig OK Successful to clear configuration.
9. ChgConntMode Change connector mode
10. InTestMode Enter test mode.
11. OutTestMode Exit test mode.
12. Test BO OK Successful to digital binary (BO) drive-test.
13. BI Change Status of binary input (DI) has changed.
14. AdjDrift OK Successful to adjust zero drift of analog input (AI).
15. CPU Reset CPU Reset

288

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen